Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Programmer's Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Keysight Technologies Manuals
  4. Test Equipment
  5. InfiniiVision 4000 X Series
  6. Programmer's manual

Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Programmer's Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for InfiniiVision 4000 X Series:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Table Of Contents
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
Keysight InfiniiVision
4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's
Guide

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the InfiniiVision 4000 X Series and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision 4000 X Series

Summary of Contents for Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision 4000 X Series

  • Page 1 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 2: Safety Notices

    A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard. prior agreement and written consent from Defense FAR Supplement ("DFARS") It calls attention to an operating Keysight Technologies, Inc. as governed by 227.7202, the U.S. government acquires procedure, practice, or the like that, United States and international copyright...

  • Page 3: In This Book

    In This Book This book is your guide to programming the 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes: Table 1 InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscope Models, Bandwidths, Sample Rates Bandwidth 200 MHz 350 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz 1.5 GHz Sample Rate (interleaved, 5 GSa/s, 5 GSa/s, 5 GSa/s, 5 GSa/s,...
  • Page 4 • Chapter 10, “:CALibrate Commands,” starting on page 331, describes utility commands for determining the state of the calibration factor protection button. • Chapter 11, “:CHANnel<n> Commands,” starting on page 343, describes commands that control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual analog channels or groups of channels.
  • Page 5 • Chapter 26, “:MTESt Commands,” starting on page 665, describes commands that control the license-enabled mask test feature. • Chapter 27, “:POD Commands,” starting on page 699, describes commands that control all oscilloscope functions associated with groups of digital channels. •...
  • Page 6 GPIB interface). • For information on oscilloscope front-panel operation, see the User's Guide. • For detailed connectivity information, refer to the Keysight Technologies USB/LAN/GPIB Connectivity Guide. For a printable electronic copy of the Connectivity Guide, direct your Web browser to www.keysight.com...

  • Page 7: Table Of Contents

    Contents In This Book / 3 1 What's New What's New in Version 7.30 / 40 What's New in Version 7.20 / 42 What's New in Version 7.10 / 44 What's New in Version 4.08 / 47 What's New in Version 4.07 / 50 What's New in Version 4.06 / 52 What's New in Version 4.05 / 53 What's New in Version 4.00 / 55...
  • Page 8 Programming the Oscilloscope / 80 Referencing the IO Library / 80 Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library / 81 Initializing the Interface and the Oscilloscope / 81 Using :AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup / 82 Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands / 82 Capturing Data with the :DIGitize Command / 83 Reading Query Responses from the Oscilloscope / 85 Reading Query Results into String Variables / 86...
  • Page 9 *OPT (Option Identification) / 241 *RCL (Recall) / 243 *RST (Reset) / 244 *SAV (Save) / 247 *SRE (Service Request Enable) / 248 *STB (Read Status Byte) / 250 *TRG (Trigger) / 252 *TST (Self Test) / 253 *WAI (Wait To Continue) / 254 7 Root (:) Commands :ACTivity / 259 :AER (Arm Event Register) / 260...
  • Page 10 :ACQuire:COUNt / 304 :ACQuire:DAALias / 305 :ACQuire:DIGitizer / 306 :ACQuire:MODE / 307 :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog] / 308 :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog]:AUTO / 309 :ACQuire:RSIGnal / 310 :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze / 311 :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt / 312 :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex / 313 :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog] / 316 :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog]:AUTO / 317 :ACQuire:TYPE / 318 9 :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:BIT<m>...
  • Page 11 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] / 355 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID / 356 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMODel / 357 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse / 358 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW / 359 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe / 360 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM / 361 :CHANnel<n>:PROTection / 362 :CHANnel<n>:RANGe / 363 :CHANnel<n>:SCALe / 364 :CHANnel<n>:UNITs / 365 :CHANnel<n>:VERNier / 366 12 :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:AUTosetup / 368 :COMPliance:USB:HUBS / 369 :COMPliance:USB:RUN / 370 :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:ADJacent / 371...
  • Page 12 :DIGital<d>:SIZE / 398 :DIGital<d>:THReshold / 399 16 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> / 404 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground / 405 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor / 406 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT / 407 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position / 408 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position / 409 :DISPlay:BACKlight / 410 :DISPlay:CLEar / 411 :DISPlay:DATA / 412 :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels / 414 :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity / 415 :DISPlay:GRATicule:TYPE / 416 :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform / 417 :DISPlay:LABel / 418...
  • Page 13 :FRANalysis:ENABle / 442 :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE / 443 :FRANalysis:FREQuency:SINGle / 444 :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt / 445 :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP / 446 :FRANalysis:PPDecade / 447 :FRANalysis:RUN / 448 :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut / 449 :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut / 450 :FRANalysis:TRACe / 451 :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD / 452 :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage / 453 :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile / 454 20 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt / 462 :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk / 463 :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe / 464...
  • Page 14 :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet / 488 :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet / 489 :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation / 490 :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe / 494 :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence / 495 :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe / 496 :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts / 497 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 / 498 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 / 500 :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:NMEasurement / 501 21 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:AREA / 506 :HARDcopy:APRinter / 507 :HARDcopy:FACTors / 508 :HARDcopy:FFEed / 509 :HARDcopy:INKSaver / 510 :HARDcopy:LAYout / 511...
  • Page 15 :MARKer:X2:DISPlay / 535 :MARKer:X2Position / 536 :MARKer:X2Y2source / 537 :MARKer:XDELta / 538 :MARKer:XUNits / 539 :MARKer:XUNits:USE / 540 :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay / 541 :MARKer:Y1Position / 542 :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay / 543 :MARKer:Y2Position / 544 :MARKer:YDELta / 545 :MARKer:YUNits / 546 :MARKer:YUNits:USE / 547 24 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:ALL / 570 :MEASure:AREa / 571 :MEASure:BRATe / 572...
  • Page 16 :MEASure:OVERshoot / 600 :MEASure:PEDGes / 602 :MEASure:PERiod / 603 :MEASure:PHASe / 604 :MEASure:PPULses / 605 :MEASure:PREShoot / 606 :MEASure:PWIDth / 607 :MEASure:RESults / 608 :MEASure:RISetime / 611 :MEASure:SDEViation / 612 :MEASure:SHOW / 613 :MEASure:SLEWrate / 614 :MEASure:SOURce / 615 :MEASure:STATistics / 617 :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay / 618 :MEASure:STATistics:INCRement / 619 :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt / 620...
  • Page 17 :MEASure:ELOSs / 651 :MEASure:FACTor / 652 :MEASure:IPOWer / 653 :MEASure:OFFTime / 654 :MEASure:ONTime / 655 :MEASure:OPOWer / 656 :MEASure:PCURrent / 657 :MEASure:PLOSs / 658 :MEASure:RDSon / 659 :MEASure:REACtive / 660 :MEASure:REAL / 661 :MEASure:RIPPle / 662 :MEASure:TRESponse / 663 :MEASure:VCESat / 664 26 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ALL / 670 :MTESt:AMASk:CREate / 671...
  • Page 18 :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 / 695 :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 / 696 :MTESt:SOURce / 697 :MTESt:TITLe / 698 27 :POD Commands :POD<n>:DISPlay / 701 :POD<n>:SIZE / 702 :POD<n>:THReshold / 703 28 :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse / 713 :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy / 714 :POWer:CLResponse:DATA / 715 :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin / 716 :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin:FREQuency / 717 :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin / 718 :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin:FREQuency / 719 :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE / 720...
  • Page 19 :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount / 743 :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard / 744 :POWer:HARMonics:STATus / 745 :POWer:HARMonics:THD / 746 :POWer:INRush:APPLy / 747 :POWer:INRush:EXIT / 748 :POWer:INRush:NEXT / 749 :POWer:ITYPe / 750 :POWer:MODulation:APPLy / 751 :POWer:MODulation:SOURce / 752 :POWer:MODulation:TYPE / 753 :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy / 754 :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT / 755 :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT / 756 :POWer:ONOFf:TEST / 757 :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds / 758 :POWer:PSRR / 760...
  • Page 20 :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot / 786 :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush / 787 :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF / 788 :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON / 789 :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF / 790 :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON / 791 :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient / 792 :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> / 793 :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> / 794 :POWer:SLEW:APPLy / 795 :POWer:SLEW:SOURce / 796 :POWer:SWITch:APPLy / 797 :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction / 798 :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence / 799 :POWer:SWITch:RDS / 800 :POWer:SWITch:VCE / 801 :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence / 802...
  • Page 21 :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette / 832 :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] / 833 :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] / 834 :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] / 835 :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] / 836 :SAVE:PWD / 837 :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] / 838 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor / 839 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK / 840 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement / 841 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch / 842 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented / 843 :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] / 844 :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] / 845 :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat / 846 :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth / 847 :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX / 848...
  • Page 22 :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:TYPE / 875 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands / 877 :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor / 880 :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload / 881 :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet / 882 :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SPEC / 883 :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal / 884 :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization / 885 :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay / 886 :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint / 887 :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard / 888 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint / 889 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate / 890 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition / 891 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate / 892 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce / 893...
  • Page 23 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM / 923 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands / 924 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTosetup / 926 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate / 927 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel / 928 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:NULL / 929 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet / 930 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:SYNC / 931 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal / 932 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce / 933 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger / 934 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:ERRor:TYPE / 935 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset / 936 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID / 937 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE / 938 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase / 939...
  • Page 24 :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 / 969 :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier / 970 :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] / 971 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands / 973 :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay / 975 :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity / 976 :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint / 977 :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate / 978 :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce / 979 :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard / 980 :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak / 981 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger / 982 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID / 984 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 985 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth / 987 :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat / 988...
  • Page 25 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:DATA / 1014 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:WIDTh / 1015 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe / 1016 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe / 1017 :SBUS<n>:NRZ Commands / 1018 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BASE / 1020 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BAUDrate / 1021 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BITorder / 1022 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay / 1023 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DSIZe / 1024 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:FSIZe / 1025 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:HSIZe / 1026 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:BITS / 1027 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:STATe / 1028 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:LOGic / 1029 :SBUS<n>:NRZ:SOURce / 1030...
  • Page 26 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID / 1069 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth / 1071 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance / 1072 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands / 1073 :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder / 1075 :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe / 1076 :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout / 1077 :SBUS<n>:SPI:DELay / 1078 :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing / 1079 :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk / 1080 :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe / 1081 :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO / 1082 :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI / 1083 :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA / 1084 :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh / 1085 :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA / 1086...
  • Page 27 :SBUS<n>:USB:BASE / 1115 :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DMINus / 1116 :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DPLus / 1117 :SBUS<n>:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential / 1118 :SBUS<n>:USB:SPEed / 1119 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger / 1120 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ADDRess / 1121 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:CRC / 1122 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA / 1123 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:DATA:LENGth / 1124 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ENDPoint / 1125 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:ET / 1126 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:FRAMe / 1127 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:HADDress / 1128 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PCHeck / 1129 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:DATA / 1130 :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:PID:HANDshake / 1131...
  • Page 28 :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce / 1157 :SEARch:GLITch Commands / 1158 :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan / 1159 :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan / 1160 :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity / 1161 :SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier / 1162 :SEARch:GLITch:RANGe / 1163 :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce / 1164 :SEARch:PEAK Commands / 1165 :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursion / 1166 :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks / 1167 :SEARch:PEAK:SOURce / 1168 :SEARch:PEAK:THReshold / 1169 :SEARch:RUNT Commands / 1170 :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity / 1171 :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier / 1172...
  • Page 29 :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:CYCLe / 1197 :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA / 1198 :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA:LENGth / 1199 :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:FRAMe / 1200 :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:MODE / 1201 :SEARch:SERial:I2S Commands / 1202 :SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio / 1203 :SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE / 1204 :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA / 1205 :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat / 1206 :SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe / 1207 :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands / 1208 :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE / 1209 :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess / 1211 :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA / 1212 :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 / 1213...
  • Page 30 :SEARch:SERial:UART Commands / 1237 :SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA / 1238 :SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE / 1239 :SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier / 1240 :SEARch:SERial:USB Commands / 1241 :SEARch:SERial:USB:MODE / 1243 :SEARch:SERial:USB:ADDRess / 1244 :SEARch:SERial:USB:CRC / 1245 :SEARch:SERial:USB:DATA / 1246 :SEARch:SERial:USB:DATA:LENGth / 1247 :SEARch:SERial:USB:ENDPoint / 1248 :SEARch:SERial:USB:ET / 1249 :SEARch:SERial:USB:FRAMe / 1250 :SEARch:SERial:USB:HADDress / 1251 :SEARch:SERial:USB:PID:DATA / 1252 :SEARch:SERial:USB:PID:HANDshake / 1253...
  • Page 31 34 :TIMebase Commands :TIMebase:MODE / 1283 :TIMebase:POSition / 1284 :TIMebase:RANGe / 1285 :TIMebase:REFClock / 1286 :TIMebase:REFerence / 1287 :TIMebase:REFerence:LOCation / 1288 :TIMebase:SCALe / 1289 :TIMebase:VERNier / 1290 :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition / 1291 :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe / 1292 :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe / 1293 35 :TRIGger Commands General :TRIGger Commands / 1297 :TRIGger:FORCe / 1299 :TRIGger:HFReject / 1300 :TRIGger:HOLDoff / 1301...
  • Page 32 :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPling / 1325 :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel / 1326 :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJect / 1327 :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe / 1328 :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SOURce / 1329 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands / 1330 :TRIGger:GLITch:GREaterthan / 1332 :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSthan / 1333 :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel / 1334 :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity / 1335 :TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier / 1336 :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe / 1337 :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce / 1338 :TRIGger:NFC Commands / 1339 :TRIGger:NFC:AEVent / 1340 :TRIGger:NFC:ATTime / 1341...
  • Page 33 :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:CLOCk / 1367 :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce:DATA / 1368 :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:HOLD / 1369 :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup / 1370 :TRIGger:TRANsition Commands / 1371 :TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier / 1372 :TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe / 1373 :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce / 1374 :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME / 1375 :TRIGger:TV Commands / 1376 :TRIGger:TV:LINE / 1377 :TRIGger:TV:MODE / 1378 :TRIGger:TV:POLarity / 1379 :TRIGger:TV:SOURce / 1380 :TRIGger:TV:STANdard / 1381 :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:ENUMber / 1382...
  • Page 34 :WAVeform:SOURce:SUBSource / 1421 :WAVeform:TYPE / 1422 :WAVeform:UNSigned / 1423 :WAVeform:VIEW / 1424 :WAVeform:XINCrement / 1425 :WAVeform:XORigin / 1426 :WAVeform:XREFerence / 1427 :WAVeform:YINCrement / 1428 :WAVeform:YORigin / 1429 :WAVeform:YREFerence / 1430 37 :WGEN<w> Commands :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:BYTeorder / 1436 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DATA / 1437 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DATA:ATTRibute:POINts / 1440 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DATA:CLEar / 1441 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DATA:DAC / 1442 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:INTerpolate / 1443...
  • Page 35 :WGEN<w>:RST / 1471 :WGEN<w>:TRACk / 1472 :WGEN<w>:TRACk:AMPLitude / 1473 :WGEN<w>:TRACk:CSIGnal / 1474 :WGEN<w>:TRACk:FREQuency / 1475 :WGEN<w>:TRACk:PHASe / 1476 :WGEN<w>:VOLTage / 1477 :WGEN<w>:VOLTage:HIGH / 1478 :WGEN<w>:VOLTage:LOW / 1479 :WGEN<w>:VOLTage:OFFSet / 1480 38 :WMEMory<r> Commands :WMEMory<r>:CLEar / 1483 :WMEMory<r>:DISPlay / 1484 :WMEMory<r>:LABel / 1485 :WMEMory<r>:SAVE / 1486 :WMEMory<r>:SKEW / 1487 :WMEMory<r>:YOFFset / 1488...
  • Page 36 :HARDcopy:PDRiver / 1517 :MEASure:LOWer / 1518 :MEASure:SCRatch / 1519 :MEASure:TDELta / 1520 :MEASure:THResholds / 1521 :MEASure:TMAX / 1522 :MEASure:TMIN / 1523 :MEASure:TSTArt / 1524 :MEASure:TSTOp / 1525 :MEASure:TVOLt / 1526 :MEASure:UPPer / 1527 :MEASure:VDELta / 1528 :MEASure:VSTArt / 1529 :MEASure:VSTOp / 1530 :MEASure:VTIMe / 1531 :MTESt:AMASk:{SAVE | STORe} / 1532 :MTESt:AVERage / 1533...
  • Page 37 Message Queue / 1567 (Standard) Event Status Register (ESR) / 1568 (Standard) Event Status Enable Register (ESE) / 1569 Error Queue / 1570 Operation Status Event Register (:OPERegister[:EVENt]) / 1571 Operation Status Condition Register (:OPERegister:CONDition) / 1573 Arm Event Register (AER) / 1574 Overload Event Register (:OVLRegister) / 1575 Hardware Event Event Register (:HWERegister[:EVENt]) / 1576 Hardware Event Condition Register (:HWERegister:CONDition) / 1577...
  • Page 38 Valid Command/Query Strings / 1611 Program Message Syntax / 1611 Duplicate Mnemonics / 1615 Tree Traversal Rules and Multiple Commands / 1615 Query Return Values / 1617 44 Programming Examples VISA COM Examples / 1620 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic / 1620 VISA COM Example in C# / 1629 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic .NET / 1638 VISA COM Example in Python / 1646...

  • Page 39: What's New

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 1 What's New What's New in Version 7.30 / 40 What's New in Version 7.20 / 42 What's New in Version 7.10 / 44 What's New in Version 4.08 / 47 What's New in Version 4.07 / 50 What's New in Version 4.06 / 52 What's New in Version 4.05 / 53 What's New in Version 4.00 / 55...

  • Page 40: What's New In Version 7.30

    What's New What's New in Version 7.30 New features in version 7.30 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • New Slew Rate and Y at X measurements along with improvements to the Time at Edge measurement and support for digital channels in the Delay, Positive Pulse Count, and Negative Pulse Count measurements.
  • Page 41 What's New Command Differences :MEASure:DELay (see You are now able to perform delay measurements on digital input page 580) channels. :MEASure:NPULses (see You are now able to perform delay measurements on digital input page 598) channels. :MEASure:PPULses (see You are now able to perform delay measurements on digital input page 605) channels.

  • Page 42: What's New In Version 7.20

    What's New What's New in Version 7.20 New features in version 7.20 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • USB PD (Power Delivery) serial decode and triggering option. More detailed descriptions of the new and changed commands appear below. New Commands Command Description...
  • Page 43 What's New Changed Commands Command Differences :DEMO:FUNCtion (see The USBPd function is now available. page 386) :RECall:WMEMory<r>:[STARt] There is now a <data> option for recalling waveform data from the (see page 819) controller PC. :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed (see The USER option is now available to select a user-defined baud page 869) rate.

  • Page 44: What's New In Version 7.10

    What's New What's New in Version 7.10 New features in version 7.10 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • Random trigger holdoff mode. • FFT detectors are added. • FFT measurements are added: Adjacent Channel Power Ratio (ACPR), Channel Power, Occupied Bandwidth, and Total Harmonic Distortion.
  • Page 45 What's New Command Description :MEASure:FFT:ACPR (see Installs an FFT analysis Adjacent Channel Power Ratio (ACPR) page 591) measurement on screen or returns the measured value. :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer (see Installs an FFT analysis Channel Power measurement on screen or page 592) returns the measured value. :MEASure:FFT:OBW (see Installs an FFT analysis Occupied Bandwidth measurement on page...
  • Page 46 What's New Command Differences :OPERegister[:EVENt] (see Bit 4 in the Operation Status Event Register now indicates when page 283) the remote user interface has gone from a disabled state to an enabled state. :SBUS<n>:MODE (see The MANChester and NRZ modes are now available with the page 857) Manchester/NRZ serial decode and triggering license.

  • Page 47: What's New In Version 4.08

    What's New What's New in Version 4.08 New features in version 4.08 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • CXPI (Clock Extension Peripheral Interface) serial decode and triggering option. • Power measurements application updates. • Added FFTPhase math function. •...
  • Page 48 What's New Command Description :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VO Sets the waveform generator output amplitude(s). LTage (see page 729) :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VO Enables or disables the ability to set initial waveform generator LTage:PROFile (see page 730) ramp amplitudes for each frequency range. :POWer:ITYPe (see page 750) Specifies the type of input power that is being converted to the output.
  • Page 49 What's New Changed Commands Command Differences :CHANnel<n>:PROBe (see The probe attenuation factor can now be set from 0.001:1 to page 354) 10000:1. :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe With the FFTPhase operation, you can select vertical units in (see page 482) DEGRees or RADians. :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation (see The FFTPhase operation is added.

  • Page 50: What's New In Version 4.07

    What's New What's New in Version 4.07 New features in version 4.07 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • Remote commands for remote command logging. • Near Field Communication (NFC) trigger mode. More detailed descriptions of the new and changed commands appear below. New Commands Command Description...
  • Page 51 What's New Changed Commands Command Differences :CALibrate:OUTPut (see The NFC option becomes available in the Near Field page 335) Communication (NFC) trigger mode when the ATRigger (Arm & Trigger) trigger event is selected. :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation (see The MAXimum, MINimum, and PEAK operations are added. page 490) :TRIGger:MODE (see...

  • Page 52: What's New In Version 4.06

    What's New What's New in Version 4.06 New features in version 4.06 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • The Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis now lets you select a phase plot as well as a gain plot. •...

  • Page 53: What's New In Version 4.05

    What's New What's New in Version 4.05 New features in version 4.05 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • Being able to load LIN symbolic data from an LDF (*.ldf) file into the oscilloscope, display it in the decode, and use it to set up triggers and protocol decode searches.
  • Page 54 What's New Command Description :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBol Specifies signal value to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has ic:VALue (see page 991) been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FSIGnal. :SEARch:SERial:LIN:SYMBolic:F Specifies the message to search for when LIN symbolic data has RAMe (see page 1221)

  • Page 55: What's New In Version 4.00

    What's New What's New in Version 4.00 New features in version 4.00 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • SENT serial decode and triggering option. • Updates to support CAN FD serial decode and triggering. • Counter feature. •...
  • Page 56 What's New Command Description :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSo Specifies whether cursor values will be included when analysis r (see page 839) results are saved. :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK Specifies whether mask statistics will be included when analysis (see page 840) results are saved. :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASu Specifies whether measurement results will be included when rement (see page 841)
  • Page 57 What's New Command Differences :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> (see You can now define up to four annotations. page 404) :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACK ground (see page 405) :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor (see page 406) :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT (see page 407) :DISPlay:SIDebar (see The EVENts and COUNter options are now available. page 423) :DVM:MODE (see page...

  • Page 58: What's New In Version 3.20

    What's New What's New in Version 3.20 New features in version 3.20 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • Being able to load CAN symbolic data from a *.dbc file into the oscilloscope, display it in the decode, and use it to set up triggers and protocol decode searches.
  • Page 59 What's New Command Description :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic: Specifies signal to search for when CAN symbolic data has been SIGNal (see page 1194) loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MSIGnal. :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic: Specifies signal value to search for when CAN symbolic data has VALue (see page 1195)

  • Page 60: What's New In Version 3.10

    What's New What's New in Version 3.10 New features in version 3.10 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • The license-enabled USB 2.0 signal quality analysis application. • Support for the N2820A high-sensitivity current probe. • Saving Multi Channel Waveform data (*.h5) format files that can be opened by the N8900A InfiniiView oscilloscope analysis software.

  • Page 61: What's New In Version 3.01

    What's New What's New in Version 3.01 New features in version 3.01 of the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscope software are: • Ability to turn reference waveform locations on or off and view their status using the :VIEW, :BLANk, and :STATus commands. More detailed descriptions of the new and changed commands appear below.

  • Page 62: Version 3.00 At Introduction

    What's New Version 3.00 at Introduction The Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes were introduced with version 3.00 of oscilloscope operating software. The command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series oscilloscopes (and the 7000A/B Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before them).

  • Page 63: Command Differences From 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes

    What's New Command Differences From 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes The Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series oscilloscopes (and the 7000A/B Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before them). The main differences between the version 3.00 programming command set for the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes and the 2.10 programming command set for the InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series oscilloscopes are related to: •...
  • Page 64 What's New Command Description :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARM Specifies the number of cycles to include in the current harmonics onics (see page 777) analysis. :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALi Specifies the number of cycles to include in the power quality ty (see page 778) analysis. :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFi Specifies the duration of the efficiency analysis. ciency (see page 779)
  • Page 65 What's New Command Description :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:POLarity Lets you invert the waveform generator output. (see page 1468) :WGEN<w>:MODulation:AM:DE Specifies the amount of amplitude modulation. PTh (see page 1453) :WGEN<w>:MODulation:AM:FR Specifies the frequency of the modulating signal. EQuency (see page 1454) :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FM:DE Specifies the frequency deviation from the original carrier signal Viation (see page 1455)
  • Page 66 What's New Changed Commands Command Differences From InfiniiVision 3000 X-Series Oscilloscopes :ACQuire:MODE (see The ETIMe mode is available with the 1 GHz or 1.5 GHz page 307) bandwidth models. :CALibrate:OUTPut (see The TRIG OUT signal can be a trigger output, mask test failure, or page 335) waveform generator sync pulse from either WaveGen1 or...
  • Page 67 What's New Obsolete Commands Obsolete Command Current Command Equivalent Behavior Differences :FUNCtion Commands :FUNCtion2 Commands (see :FUNCtion commands (with no page 455) <m> number) map to :FUNCtion2. This allows legacy programs to work without change. :FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation :FUNCtion1:OPERation (see GOFT maps to FUNCtion1. (see page 1508)
  • Page 68 What's New Discontinued Command Current Command Equivalent Comments :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONO This command was separated Ff:OFF (see page 790) into several other commands for specific types of power :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONO analysis. Ff:ON (see page 791) :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRA Nsient (see page 792) :POWer:SLEW:VALue none Slew rate values are now displayed using max and min measurements of a...

  • Page 69: Setting Up

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software / 70 Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope / 71 Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection / 73 This chapter explains how to install the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software, connect the oscilloscope to the controller PC, set up the oscilloscope, and verify the oscilloscope connection.

  • Page 70: Step 1. Install Keysight Io Libraries Suite Software

    Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software Download the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software from the Keysight web site • http://www.keysight.com/find/iolib Run the setup file, and follow its installation instructions. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 71: Step 2. Connect And Set Up The Oscilloscope

    Setting Up Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope The 4000 X-Series oscilloscope has two different interfaces you can use for programming: • USB (device port). • LAN. To configure the LAN interface, press the [Utility] key on the front panel, then press the I/O softkey, then press the Configure softkey.
  • Page 72 Setting Up Find out if automatic configuration via DHCP or AutoIP can be used. Also, find out whether your network supports Dynamic DNS or Multicast DNS. If automatic configuration is not supported, get the oscilloscope's network parameters (hostname, domain, IP address, subnet mask, gateway IP, DNS IP, etc.).

  • Page 73: Step 3. Verify The Oscilloscope Connection

    Setting Up Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection On the controller PC, click on the Keysight IO Control icon in the taskbar and choose Connection Expert from the popup menu. In the Keysight Connection Expert application, instruments connected to the controller's USB and GPIB interfaces as well as instruments on the same LAN subnet should automatically appear in the Instruments tab.
  • Page 74 Setting Up For example, to add a device: Select LAN instrument in the list on the left. Enter the oscilloscope's Hostname or IP address. Select the protocol. Select Instrument under Set Protocol. Click Test This VISA Address to verify the connection. If the connection test is successful, click Accept to add the instrument.
  • Page 75 Setting Up Test some commands on the instrument: In the Details for the selected instrument, click Send Commands To This Instrument. In the Keysight Interactive IO application, enter commands in the Command field and press Send Command, Read Response, or Send & Read. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 76 Setting Up Choose Connect > Exit from the menu to exit the Keysight Interactive IO application. In the Keysight Connection Expert application, choose File > Exit from the menu to exit the application. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 77: Getting Started

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 3 Getting Started Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure / 78 Programming the Oscilloscope / 80 Other Ways of Sending Commands / 89 This chapter gives you an overview of programming the 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes. It describes basic oscilloscope program structure and shows how to program the oscilloscope using a few simple examples.

  • Page 78: Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure

    Getting Started Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure The following figure shows the basic structure of every program you will write for the oscilloscope. Initializing To ensure consistent, repeatable performance, you need to start the program, controller, and oscilloscope in a known state. Without correct initialization, your program may run correctly in one instance and not in another.

  • Page 79: Analyzing Captured Data

    Getting Started You could also put the oscilloscope into run mode, then use a wait loop in your program to ensure that the oscilloscope has completed at least one acquisition before you make a measurement. Keysight does not recommend this because the needed length of the wait loop may vary, causing your program to fail.

  • Page 80: Programming The Oscilloscope

    Getting Started Programming the Oscilloscope • "Referencing the IO Library" on page 80 • "Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library" on page 81 • "Using :AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup" on page 82 • "Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands" on page 82 •...

  • Page 81: Opening The Oscilloscope Connection Via The Io Library

    Getting Started To reference the Keysight VISA COM library in Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0: Choose Project > References... from the main menu. In the References dialog, check the "VISA COM 5.5 Type Library". Click OK. Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library PC controllers communicate with the oscilloscope by sending and receiving messages over a remote interface.

  • Page 82: Using :Autoscale To Automate Oscilloscope Setup

    Getting Started Dim myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager Dim myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 ' Open the connection to the oscilloscope. Get the VISA Address from the ' Keysight Connection Expert (installed with Keysight IO Libraries Suite Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("<VISA Address>") ' Clear the interface buffer and set the interface timeout to 10 seconds myScope.IO.Clear...

  • Page 83: Capturing Data With The :Digitize Command

    Getting Started Vertical is set to 16 V full-scale (2 V/div) with center of screen at 1 V and probe attenuation set to 10. This example sets the time base at 1 ms full-scale (100 ms/div) with a delay of 100 µs. Example Oscilloscope Setup Code This program demonstrates the basic command structure used to program the oscilloscope.
  • Page 84 Getting Started Ensure New Data is Collected N OTE When you change the oscilloscope configuration, the waveform buffers are cleared. Before doing a measurement, send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope to ensure new data has been collected. When you send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope, the specified channel signal is digitized with the current :ACQuire parameters.

  • Page 85: Reading Query Responses From The Oscilloscope

    Getting Started The easiest method of transferring a digitized waveform depends on data structures, formatting available and I/O capabilities. You must scale the integers to determine the voltage value of each point. These integers are passed starting with the left most point on the instrument's display. For more information, see the waveform subsystem commands and corresponding program code examples in Chapter...

  • Page 86: Reading Query Results Into String Variables

    Getting Started Reading Query Results into String Variables The output of the instrument may be numeric or character data depending on what is queried. Refer to the specific command descriptions for the formats and types of data returned from queries. Express String Variables Using Exact Syntax N OTE In Visual Basic, string variables are case sensitive and must be expressed exactly the same...

  • Page 87: Sending Multiple Queries And Reading Results

    Getting Started Number of Digits Actual Data That Follow #800001000<1000 bytes of data><terminator> Number of Bytes to be Transmitted Figure 2 Definite-length block response data The "8" states the number of digits that follow, and "00001000" states the number of bytes to be transmitted. The VISA COM library's ReadIEEEBlock and WriteIEEEBlock methods understand the definite-length block syntax, so you can simply use variables that contain the data:...

  • Page 88: Checking Instrument Status

    Getting Started To read the :TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay? query result into multiple numeric variables, you could use the ReadList method to read the query results into a variant array variable using the commands: myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay?" Dim varResults() As Variant varResults() = myScope.ReadList MsgBox "Timebase range: "...

  • Page 89: Other Ways Of Sending Commands

    Getting Started Other Ways of Sending Commands Standard Commands for Programmable Instrumentation (SCPI) can also be sent via a Telnet socket or through the Browser Web Control: • "Telnet Sockets" on page 89 • "Sending SCPI Commands Using Browser Web Control" on page 89 Telnet Sockets The following information is provided for programmers who wish to control the...
  • Page 90 Getting Started Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 91 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 4 Sequential (Blocking) vs. Overlapped Commands IEEE 488.2 makes the distinction between sequential and overlapped commands (and queries): • Sequential commands also known as blocking commands, finish their task before the execution of the next command starts. These oscilloscope commands and queries are sequential (blocking): •...

  • Page 92: Sequential (Blocking) Vs. Overlapped Commands

    Sequential (Blocking) vs. Overlapped Commands Pausing Programs Sequential (blocking) commands do not prevent additional commands from being Until Sequential sent to the queue or cause the remote program to wait. For example, if your (Blocking) program does something like: Commands are myScope.WriteString ":DIGitize"...

  • Page 93: Commands Quick Reference

    Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 5 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary / 94 Syntax Elements / 223...

  • Page 94: Command Summary

    Commands Quick Reference Command Summary • Common (*) Commands Summary (see page • Root (:) Commands Summary (see page 100) • :ACQuire Commands Summary (see page 104) • :BUS<n> Commands Summary (see page 106) • :CALibrate Commands Summary (see page 107) •...
  • Page 95 Commands Quick Reference • :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands Summary (see page 176) • :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands Summary (see page 177) • :SBUS<n>:NRZ Commands Summary (see page 178) • :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (see page 180) • :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (see page 182) • :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (see page 184) •...

  • Page 96: Cls (Clear Status)

    Commands Quick Reference • :TRIGger:RUNT Commands Summary (see page 210) • :TRIGger:SHOLd Commands Summary (see page 210) • :TRIGger:TRANsition Commands Summary (see page 211) • :TRIGger:TV Commands Summary (see page 212) • :TRIGger:ZONE Commands Summary (see page 213) • :WAVeform Commands Summary (see page 213) •...
  • Page 97 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 241) *OPT? (see <return_value> ::= 0,0,<license info> <license info> ::= <All field>, <reserved>, <reserved>, <MSO>, <reserved>, <Memory>, <Low Speed Serial>, <Automotive Serial>, <FlexRay Serial>, <Frequency Response Analysis>, <Power Measurements>, <RS-232/UART Serial>,...
  • Page 98 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 241) *OPT? (see <All field> ::= {0 | All} (cont'd) <reserved> ::= 0 <MSO> ::= {0 | MSO} <Memory> ::= {0 | MEMUP} <Low Speed Serial>...
  • Page 99 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 241) *OPT? (see <SENT Serial> ::= {0 | SENSOR} (cont'd) <CAN FD Serial> ::= {0 | CANFD} <CXPI Serial> ::= {0 | CXPI} <NFC Trigger>...

  • Page 100: Stb (Read Status Byte)

    Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 250) *STB? (see <value> ::= 0 to 255; an integer in NR1 format, as shown in the following: Bit Weight Name "1" Indicates --- ------ ---- --------------- OPER Operation status condition occurred.

  • Page 101: Root (:) Commands

    Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :AUToscale <source> ::= CHANnel<n> for DSO [<source>[,..,<source models page 261) >]] (see <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD1 | POD2} for MSO models <source>...
  • Page 102 Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DIGitize <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>[,..,<source FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | page 268) >]] (see 2}} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...

  • Page 103: Print

    Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :OVLenable <mask> :OVLenable? (see <mask> ::= 16-bit integer in NR1 page 286) page 287) (see format as shown: Bit Weight Input --- ------ ---------- 1024 Ext Trigger Fault Channel 4 Fault...

  • Page 104: Ter (Trigger Event Register)

    Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 296) :TER? (see {0 | 1} :VIEW <source> (see <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 297) FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source>...
  • Page 105 Commands Quick Reference Table 4 :ACQuire Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:POINts[:ANAL :ACQuire:POINts[:ANAL {0 | 1} og]:AUTO {{0 | OFF} | og]:AUTO? (see page 309) {1 | ON}} (see page 309) :ACQuire:RSIGnal :ACQuire:RSIGnal? <ref_signal_mode> ::= {OFF | OUT page 310) <ref_signal_mode>...
  • Page 106 Commands Quick Reference Table 5 :BUS<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :BUS<n>:BIT<m> {{0 | :BUS<n>:BIT<m>? (see {0 | 1} page 323) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see <n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1 page 323) format <m>...
  • Page 107 Commands Quick Reference Table 6 :CALibrate Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :CALibrate:DATE? (see <return value> ::= page 333) <year>,<month>,<day>; all in NR1 format :CALibrate:LABel :CALibrate:LABel? <string> ::= quoted ASCII string page 334) <string> (see (see up to 32 characters page 334) :CALibrate:OUTPut...
  • Page 108 Commands Quick Reference Table 7 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay? {0 | 1} page 349) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 349) ON}} (see in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance...
  • Page 109 Commands Quick Reference Table 7 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSE :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSE <value> ::= Ohms in NR3 format page 358) Nse <value> (see Nse? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 358) in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKE :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKE <skew_value>...
  • Page 110 Commands Quick Reference Table 8 :COMPliance Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :COMPliance:USB:AUTos page 368) etup (see :COMPliance:USB:HUBS :COMPliance:USB:HUBS? <number> ::= 0-5 in NR1 format page 369) <number> (see (see page 369) :COMPliance:USB:RUN page 370) (see :COMPliance:USB:SOURc :COMPliance:USB:SOURc <source>...
  • Page 111 Commands Quick Reference Table 9 :COUNter Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :COUNter:NDIGits :COUNter:NDIGits (see <value> ::= 5 normally, 8 with page 383) page 383) <value> (see 10 MHz reference signal, in NR1 format :COUNter:SOURce :COUNter:SOURce? (see <source>...
  • Page 112 Commands Quick Reference Table 11 :DIGital<d> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DIGital<d>:POSition :DIGital<d>:POSition? <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels page 397) <position> (see (see - 1) in NR1 format page 397) <position> ::= 0-7 if display size = large, 0-15 if size = medium, 0-31 if size = small Returns -1 when there is no space...
  • Page 113 Commands Quick Reference Table 12 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:ANNotation<n :DISPlay:ANNotation<n <value> ::= an integer from 0 to >:X1Position <value> >:X1Position? (see (800 - width of annotation) in page 408) page 408) (see NR1 format. <n>...
  • Page 114 Commands Quick Reference Table 12 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:MENU <menu> <menu> ::= {MASK | MEASure | page 420) (see SEGMented | LISTer | POWer} :DISPlay:MESSage:CLEa page 421) r (see :DISPlay:PERSistence :DISPlay:PERSistence? <value> ::= {MINimum | INFinite | page 422) page...
  • Page 115 Commands Quick Reference Table 14 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :EXTernal:BWLimit :EXTernal:BWLimit? <bwlimit> ::= {0 | OFF} page 434) <bwlimit> (see (see page 434) :EXTernal:PROBe :EXTernal:PROBe? (see <attenuation> ::= probe page 435) <attenuation> (see attenuation ratio in NR3 format page 435) :EXTernal:RANGe...
  • Page 116 Commands Quick Reference Table 15 :FRANalysis Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FRANalysis:RUN (see page 448) :FRANalysis:SOURce:IN :FRANalysis:SOURce:IN <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 449) Put <source> (see Put? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 449) in NR1 format :FRANalysis:SOURce:OU :FRANalysis:SOURce:OU...
  • Page 117 Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOP :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOP <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive page 464) e <slope> (see e? (see | EITHer} page 464) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINC :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINC...
  • Page 118 Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DE :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DE <type> ::= {OFF | SAMPle | Tection:TYPE <type> Tection:TYPE? (see PPOSitive | PNEGative | NORMal | page 473) page 473) (see AVERage} <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FR :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FR...

  • Page 119: Function:Linear:offset

    Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VT :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VT <units> ::= {DECibel | VRMS} for page 482) YPe <units> (see YPe? (see the FFT (magnitude) operation page 482) <units> ::= {DEGRees | RADians} for the FFTPhase operation <m>...

  • Page 120: Function:Operation

    Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:OPERatio :FUNCtion<m>:OPERatio <operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract | page 493) n <operation> (see n? (see MULTiply | DIVide | INTegrate | page 490) DIFF | FFT | FFTPhase | SQRT | MAGNify | ABSolute | SQUare | LN | LOG | EXP | TEN | LOWPass | HIGHpass | AVERage | LINear |...

  • Page 121: Function:Source1

    Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 498) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c> | page 498) WMEMory<r> | BUS<b>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <c>...

  • Page 122: Hardcopy:ffeed

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :HARDcopy:FFEed {{0 | :HARDcopy:FFEed? (see {0 | 1} page 509) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 509) :HARDcopy:INKSaver :HARDcopy:INKSaver? {0 | 1} page 510) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see page...

  • Page 123: Hcopy:sdump:data

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :HCOPY:SDUMp:DATA? <display_data> ::= binary block page 521) (see data in IEEE-488.2 # format. :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat? <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | page 522) <format> (see (see PNG} page...

  • Page 124: Marker:x1Y1Source

    Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:X1Y1source :MARKer:X1Y1source? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 534) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 534) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 125 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:Y1Position :MARKer:Y1Position? <position> ::= Y1 cursor position page 542) <position>[suffix] (see value in NR3 format page 542) (see [suffix] ::= {V | mV | dB} <return_value>...
  • Page 126 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:BRATe :MEASure:BRATe? <source> ::= {<digital channels> [<source>] (see [<source>] (see | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | page 572) page 572) MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d>...
  • Page 127 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DEFine :MEASure:DEFine? <delay spec> ::= page 579) DELay, <delay spec> DELay (see <edge_spec1>,<edge_spec2> page 577) (see edge_spec1 ::= [<slope>]<occurrence> edge_spec2 ::= [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= {+ | -} <occurrence>...
  • Page 128 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUAL:CHARge :MEASure:DUAL:CHARge? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <source1>,<source2> ::= [,<source1>][,<source [,<source1>][,<source CHANnel<n> with N2820A probe page 583) page 583) 2>] (see 2>] (see connected} <n>...
  • Page 129 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUAL:VRMS :MEASure:DUAL:VRMS? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <type> ::= {AC | DC} [,<type>] [,<type>] <source1>,<source2> ::= [,<source1>][,<source [,<source1>][,<source page 588) page 588) CHANnel<n> with N2820A probe 2>] (see 2>] (see connected...
  • Page 130 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FALLtime :MEASure:FALLtime? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 590) page 590) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 131 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FFT:OBW :MEASure:FFT:OBW? <percentage> ::= percent of <percentage>[,<source <percentage>[,<source spectral power occupied page 593) page 593) >] (see >] (see bandwidth is measured for in NR3 format <source>...
  • Page 132 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NDUTy :MEASure:NDUTy? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 596) page 596) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 133 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NPULses :MEASure:NPULses? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 598) page 598) WMEMory<r> | <digital channels>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 134 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:OVERshoot :MEASure:OVERshoot? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 600) page 600) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 135 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PHASe :MEASure:PHASe? <source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source1>] [<source1>] FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | [,<source2>] (see [,<source2>] (see WMEMory<r>} page 604) page 604) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 136 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PWIDth :MEASure:PWIDth? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 607) page 607) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 137 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:SDEViation :MEASure:SDEViation? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 612) page 612) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 138 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:STATistics :MEASure:STATistics? <type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent | page 617) page 617) <type> (see (see MEAN | MINimum | MAXimum | STDDev | COUNt} ON ::= all statistics returned :MEASure:STATistics:D :MEASure:STATistics:D...
  • Page 139 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TEDGe :MEASure:TEDGe? <slope> ::= {RISing | FALLing | [<slope>,]<occurrence [<slope>,]<occurrence EITHer} >[,<source>] (see >[,<source>] (see <occurrence> ::= [+ | -]<number> page 623) page 624) <number> ::= the edge number in NR1 format <source>...
  • Page 140 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TVALue? <value> ::= voltage level that <value>, the waveform must cross. [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= direction of the [,<source>] (see waveform when <value> is crossed. page 626) <occurrence>...
  • Page 141 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VAVerage :MEASure:VAVerage? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>][,<source [<interval>][,<source <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 629) page 629) >] (see >] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 142 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VMIN :MEASure:VMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 632) page 632) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 143 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VRMS :MEASure:VRMS? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <type> ::= {AC | DC} [,<type>][,<source>] [,<type>][,<source>] page 635) page 635) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | (see (see FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 144 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:XMIN :MEASure:XMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 639) page 639) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 145 Commands Quick Reference Table 21 :MEASure Power Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ANGLe :MEASure:ANGLe? <source1>, <source2> ::= [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 {CHANnel<n>} page 646) page 646) >] (see >] (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <return_value>...
  • Page 146 Commands Quick Reference Table 21 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ELOSs :MEASure:ELOSs? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 651) page 651) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 147 Commands Quick Reference Table 21 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PCURrent :MEASure:PCURrent? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 657) page 657) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 148 Commands Quick Reference Table 21 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:REAL :MEASure:REAL? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} page 661) page 661) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 149 Commands Quick Reference Table 21 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TRESponse :MEASure:TRESponse? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 663) page 663) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 150 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta? <value> ::= X delta value in NR3 page 674) page 674) <value> (see (see format :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta? <value> ::= Y delta value in NR3 page 675) page...
  • Page 151 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa? <level> ::= from 0.1 to 9.3 in page 689) page 689) <level> (see (see NR3 format :MTESt:RMODe:TIME :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? <seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in page 690) <seconds>...
  • Page 152 Commands Quick Reference Table 23 :POD<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POD<n>:SIZE <value> :POD<n>:SIZE? (see <value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium | page 702) page 702) (see LARGe} :POD<n>:THReshold :POD<n>:THReshold? <n> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format page 703) <type>[suffix] (see (see...
  • Page 153 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:CLResponse:FRE :POWer:CLResponse:FRE <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | Quency:STARt Quency:STARt? (see 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | page 722) <value>[suffix] (see 10000000} page 722) [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} :POWer:CLResponse:FRE...
  • Page 154 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:ENABle {{0 | :POWer:ENABle? (see {0 | 1} page 734) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 734) :POWer:HARMonics:APPL page 735) y (see :POWer:HARMonics:DATA <binary_block> ::= page 736) ? (see...
  • Page 155 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:INRush:NEXT page 749) (see :POWer:ITYPe <type> :POWer:ITYPe? (see <type> ::= {DC | AC} page 750) page 750) (see :POWer:MODulation:APP page 751) Ly (see :POWer:MODulation:SOU :POWer:MODulation:SOU <source>...
  • Page 156 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 :MINimum :MINimum? (see | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | page 764) <value>[suffix] (see 10000000} page 764)
  • Page 157 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:AUTose <analysis> ::= {HARMonics | tup <analysis> (see EFFiciency | RIPPle | MODulation page 776) | QUALity | SLEW | SWITch | RDSVce} :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes <count>...
  • Page 158 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim <value> ::= Maximum expected um:INRush um:INRush? (see input Voltage in NR3 format page 787) <value>[suffix] (see [suffix] ::= {V | mV} page 787) :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim <value>...
  • Page 159 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SWITch:CONDuct :POWer:SWITch:CONDuct <conduction> ::= {WAVeform | RDS page 798) ion <conduction> (see ion? (see | VCE} page 798) :POWer:SWITch:IREFere :POWer:SWITch:IREFere <percent> ::= percent in NR1 page 799) nce <percent>...
  • Page 160 Commands Quick Reference Table 25 :RECall Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:ARBitrary:[ST <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> ARt] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <column>][, <column> ::= Column in CSV file <wavegen_id>] (see to load. Column number starts page 812) from 1. <internal_loc>...
  • Page 161 Commands Quick Reference Table 25 :RECall Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:SETup[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 818) <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:S <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in TARt] [<file_name>...
  • Page 162 Commands Quick Reference Table 26 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? {0 | 1} page 831) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see page 831) ON}} (see :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} page 832) <palette>...
  • Page 163 Commands Quick Reference Table 26 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: {0 | 1} SEGMented {{0 | OFF} SEGMented? (see page 843) | {1 | ON}} (see page 843) :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 844)
  • Page 164 Commands Quick Reference Table 26 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 850) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 850) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 165 Commands Quick Reference Table 28 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:E <error_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 863) RRor? (see format :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:R page 864) ESet (see :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:W <word_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 865) ORD? (see format :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat?
  • Page 166 Commands Quick Reference Table 28 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger <min> ::= 8-bit integer in page 874) :RANGe <min>,<max> :RANGe? (see decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or page 874) (see <string> from 0-255 <max> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string>...
  • Page 167 Commands Quick Reference Table 29 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTanda :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTanda <std> ::= {ISO | NISO} page 888) rd <std> (see rd? (see page 888) :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepo :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepo <percent> ::= 30.0 to 90.0 in NR3 page 889) int <percent>...
  • Page 168 Commands Quick Reference Table 29 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <dlc> ::= integer between -1 PATTern:DATA:DLC PATTern:DATA:DLC? (don't care) and 64, in NR1 page 899) page 899) <dlc> (see (see format. :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <length>...
  • Page 169 Commands Quick Reference Table 30 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLeran :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLeran <percent> ::= from 1-30, in NR1 page 912) ce <percent> (see ce? (see format. page 912) :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <mode> ::= {SOF | EOF | PTYPe | page 913) page...
  • Page 170 Commands Quick Reference Table 30 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <dlc> ::= integer between -1 :PATTern:INFO:DLC :PATTern:INFO:DLC? (don't care) and 15, in NR1 page 922) page 922) <dlc> (see (see format, when trigger is in DATA mode.
  • Page 171 Commands Quick Reference Table 31 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <error_type> ::= {ALL | HCRC | ger:ERRor:TYPE ger:ERRor:TYPE? (see FCRC} page 935) <error_type> (see page 935) :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG ger:EVENt:AUToset page 936) (see :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <frame_id>...
  • Page 172 Commands Quick Reference Table 32 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SL :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SL <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} page 948) OPe <slope> (see OPe? (see page 948) :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth? <receiver> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format page 949) <receiver>...
  • Page 173 Commands Quick Reference Table 32 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger: <string> ::= "n" where n ::= PATTern:DATA <string> PATTern:DATA? (see 32-bit integer in signed decimal page 956) page 957) (see when <base> = DECimal <string>...
  • Page 174 Commands Quick Reference Table 33 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? <size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} page 964) page 964) <size> (see (see :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce] :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 965) :CLOCk <source> (see :CLOCk? (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 965)
  • Page 175 Commands Quick Reference Table 34 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay? <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | page 975) page 975) <type> (see (see SYMBolic} :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity? {0 | 1} page 976) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see page 976)
  • Page 176 Commands Quick Reference Table 34 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: <string> ::= "n" where n ::= PATTern:DATA <string> PATTern:DATA? (see 32-bit integer in unsigned page 985) page 985) (see decimal when <base> = DECimal <string>...
  • Page 177 Commands Quick Reference Table 35 :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGge :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGge <value> ::= 5-bit integer in page 997) r:RTA <value> (see r:RTA? (see decimal, <nondecimal>, or page 997) <string> from 0-31 <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9|A,..,F} <string>...
  • Page 178 Commands Quick Reference Table 36 :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:MANChester:S :SBUS<n>:MANChester:S <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 1009) OURce <source> (see OURce? (see DIGital<d>} page 1009) :SBUS<n>:MANChester:S :SBUS<n>:MANChester:S <#bits> ::= from 0-255, in NR1 page 1010) SIZe <#bits>...
  • Page 179 Commands Quick Reference Table 37 :SBUS<n>:NRZ Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BITorder :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BITorder <bitorder> ::= {MSBFirst | page 1022) <bitorder> (see ? (see LSBFirst} page 1022) :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay? <format> ::= {BIT | WORD} page 1023) <format> (see (see page 1023)
  • Page 180 Commands Quick Reference Table 37 :SBUS<n>:NRZ Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TSIZe :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TSIZe? <#bits> ::= from 0-32, in NR1 page 1035) <#bits> (see (see format page 1035) :SBUS<n>:NRZ:WSIZe :SBUS<n>:NRZ:WSIZe? <#bits> ::= from 2-32, in NR1 page 1036) <#bits>...
  • Page 181 Commands Quick Reference Table 38 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. s>:MULTiplier s>:MULTiplier? (see <multiplier> ::= from 1-24, in page 1053) <multiplier> (see NR3 format. page 1053) :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<...
  • Page 182 Commands Quick Reference Table 38 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger <id> ::= when ILENgth = SHORt, :SLOW:ID <id> (see :SLOW:ID? (see from -1 (don't care) to 15, in page 1069) page 1069) NR1 format. <id>...
  • Page 183 Commands Quick Reference Table 39 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:F :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:F <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 1081) RAMe <source> (see RAMe? (see EXTernal} for the DSO models page 1081) <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n>...
  • Page 184 Commands Quick Reference Table 39 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger: <value> ::= {MOSI | MISO} page 1088) TYPE <value> (see TYPE? (see page 1088) :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh? <word_width> ::= integer 4-16 in page 1089) <word_width>...
  • Page 185 Commands Quick Reference Table 40 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarit :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarit <polarity> ::= {HIGH | LOW} page 1102) y <polarity> (see y? (see page 1102) :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 1103) RX <source> (see RX? (see EXTernal} for DSO models page...
  • Page 186 Commands Quick Reference Table 40 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | :QUALifier <value> :QUALifier? (see GREaterthan | LESSthan} page 1109) page 1109) (see :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger <value> ::= {RSTArt | RSTOp | page 1110) :TYPE <value>...
  • Page 187 Commands Quick Reference Table 41 :SBUS<n>:USB Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger? <condition> ::= {SOP | EOP | page 1120) <condition> (see (see ENTersuspend | EXITsuspend | page 1120) RESet | TOKen | DATA | HANDshake | SPECial | ALLerrors | PIDerror | CRC5error | CRC16error | GLITcherror | STUFFerror |...
  • Page 188 Commands Quick Reference Table 41 :SBUS<n>:USB Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: <string> ::= "nnnn" where n ::= PCHeck <string> (see PCHeck? (see {0 | 1 | X} page 1129) page 1129) <string> ::= "0xn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:USB:TRIGger:...
  • Page 189 Commands Quick Reference Table 42 :SBUS<n>:USBPd Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGge :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGge <type> ::= {CMESsage | DMESsage | r:HEADer <type> (see r:HEADer? (see EMESsage | VALue} page 1140) page 1140) :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGge :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGge <type> ::= {GOODcrc | GOTOmin | r:HEADer:CMESsage r:HEADer:CMESsage? ACCept | REJect | PING | PSRDy |...
  • Page 190 Commands Quick Reference Table 44 :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? <slope> ::= {POSitive | NEGative page 1156) <slope> (see (see | EITHer} page 1156) :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 1157) <source> (see (see <n>...
  • Page 191 Commands Quick Reference Table 46 :SEARch:PEAK Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio <delta_level> ::= required page 1166) n <delta_level> (see n? (see change in level to be recognized page 1166) as a peak, in NR3 format. :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks? <number>...
  • Page 192 Commands Quick Reference Table 48 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:TRANsition:QU :SEARch:TRANsition:QU <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | ALifier <qualifier> ALifier? (see LESSthan} page 1176) page 1176) (see :SEARch:TRANsition:SL :SEARch:TRANsition:SL <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} page 1177) OPe <slope> (see OPe? (see page 1177)
  • Page 193 Commands Quick Reference Table 50 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO <value> ::= {IDEither | IDData | page 1187) DE <value> (see DE? (see DATA | IDRemote | ERRor | page 1187) ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | ALLerrors | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal} :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA...
  • Page 194 Commands Quick Reference Table 51 :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} y:FRAMe <frame id> y:FRAMe? (see <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 page 1200) page 1200) (see :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra <value>...
  • Page 195 Commands Quick Reference Table 53 :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO <value> ::= {RESTart | ADDRess | page 1209) DE <value> (see DE? (see ANACk | NACKnowledge | READEprom page 1209) | READ7 | WRITE7 | R7Data2 | W7Data2} :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA...
  • Page 196 Commands Quick Reference Table 54 :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA When TTern:DATA <string> TTern:DATA? (see :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMa page 1218) page 1218) (see t DECimal, <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in unsigned decimal, returns "$"...
  • Page 197 Commands Quick Reference Table 55 :SEARch:SERial:M1553 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:M1553: :SEARch:SERial:M1553: <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= PATTern:DATA <string> PATTern:DATA? (see {0 | 1} page 1226) page 1226) (see :SEARch:SERial:M1553: :SEARch:SERial:M1553: <value> ::= 5-bit integer in page 1227) RTA <value>...
  • Page 198 Commands Quick Reference Table 57 :SEARch:SERial:SPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA <string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n TTern:DATA <string> TTern:DATA? (see ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} page 1235) page 1235) (see :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA <width> ::= integer from 1 to 10 TTern:WIDTh <width>...
  • Page 199 Commands Quick Reference Table 59 :SEARch:SERial:USB Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:USB:CR :SEARch:SERial:USB:CR <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= page 1245) C <string> (see C? (see {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} page 1245) :SEARch:SERial:USB:DA :SEARch:SERial:USB:DA <string>...
  • Page 200 Commands Quick Reference Table 59 :SEARch:SERial:USB Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:USB:SC :SEARch:SERial:USB:SC <string> ::= "0xn" where n ::= {0 page 1257) <string> (see ? (see | 1 | X | $} page 1257) :SEARch:SERial:USB:SE :SEARch:SERial:USB:SE <string>...
  • Page 201 Commands Quick Reference Table 60 :SYSTem Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SYSTem:RLOGger <setting> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | <setting>[,<file_name ON}} >[,<write_mode>]] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII page 1270) (see string <write_mode> ::= {CREate | APPend} :SYSTem:RLOGger:DESTi :SYSTem:RLOGger:DESTi <dest>...
  • Page 202 Commands Quick Reference Table 61 :TIMebase Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TIMebase:MODE :TIMebase:MODE? (see <value> ::= {MAIN | WINDow | XY | page 1283) <value> (see ROLL} page 1283) :TIMebase:POSition :TIMebase:POSition? <pos> ::= time from the trigger page 1284) page...
  • Page 203 Commands Quick Reference Table 62 General :TRIGger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:FORCe (see page 1299) :TRIGger:HFReject {{0 :TRIGger:HFReject? {0 | 1} page 1300) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 1300) (see :TRIGger:HOLDoff :TRIGger:HOLDoff? <holdoff_time> ::= 60 ns to 10 s page 1301) <holdoff_time>...
  • Page 204 Commands Quick Reference Table 62 General :TRIGger Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:NREJect {{0 :TRIGger:NREJect? {0 | 1} page 1309) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 1309) (see :TRIGger:SWEep :TRIGger:SWEep? (see <sweep> ::= {AUTO | NORMal} page 1310) <sweep>...
  • Page 205 Commands Quick Reference Table 64 :TRIGger:EBURst Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt :TRIGger:EBURst:COUNt <count> ::= integer in NR1 format page 1319) <count> (see ? (see page 1319) :TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE :TRIGger:EBURst:IDLE? <time_value> ::= time in seconds page 1320) <time_value> (see (see in NR3 format page...
  • Page 206 Commands Quick Reference Table 65 :TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJec :TRIGger[:EDGE]:REJec {OFF | LFReject | HFReject} page 1327) t {OFF | LFReject | t? (see HFReject} (see page 1327) :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe :TRIGger[:EDGE]:SLOPe <polarity> ::= {POSitive | page 1328) <polarity>...
  • Page 207 Commands Quick Reference Table 66 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel :TRIGger:GLITch:LEVel For internal triggers, <level> page 1334) <level> [<source>] ? (see ::= .75 x full-scale voltage from page 1334) (see center screen in NR3 format. For external triggers (DSO models), <level>...
  • Page 208 Commands Quick Reference Table 67 :TRIGger:NFC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:NFC:AEVent :TRIGger:NFC:AEVent? <arm_event> ::= {NONE | ASReq | page 1340) <arm_event> (see (see AALLreq | AEITher | BSReq | page 1340) BALLreq | BEITher | FSReq} :TRIGger:NFC:ATTime? <time>...
  • Page 209 Commands Quick Reference Table 68 :TRIGger:OR Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:OR <string> :TRIGger:OR? (see <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= page 1351) page 1351) (see {R | F | E | X} R = rising edge, F = falling edge, E = either edge, X = don't care.
  • Page 210 Commands Quick Reference Table 69 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:PATTern:QUAL :TRIGger:PATTern:QUAL <qualifier> ::= {ENTered | page 1358) ifier <qualifier> ifier? (see GREaterthan | LESSthan | INRange page 1358) (see | OUTRange | TIMeout} :TRIGger:PATTern:RANG :TRIGger:PATTern:RANG <less_than_time>...
  • Page 211 Commands Quick Reference Table 71 :TRIGger:SHOLd Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 1368) :DATA <source> (see :DATA? (see DIGital<d>} page 1368) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d>...
  • Page 212 Commands Quick Reference Table 73 :TRIGger:TV Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:TV:LINE :TRIGger:TV:LINE? <line number> ::= integer in NR1 page 1377) <line number> (see (see format page 1377) :TRIGger:TV:MODE <tv :TRIGger:TV:MODE? <tv mode> ::= {FIEld1 | FIEld2 | page 1378) page...
  • Page 213 Commands Quick Reference Table 74 :TRIGger:ZONE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:ZONE:SOURce :TRIGger:ZONE:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} page 1387) <source> (see (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 1387) in NR1 format :TRIGger:ZONE:STATe :TRIGger:ZONE:STATe? {0 | 1} page 1388) {{0 | OFF} | {1 |...
  • Page 214 Commands Quick Reference Table 75 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:DATA? (see <binary block length bytes>, page 1403) <binary data> For example, to transmit 1000 bytes of data, the syntax would be: #800001000<1000 bytes of data><NL>...
  • Page 215 Commands Quick Reference Table 75 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:PREamble? <preamble_block> ::= <format page 1410) (see NR1>, <type NR1>,<points NR1>,<count NR1>, <xincrement NR3>, <xorigin NR3>, <xreference NR1>,<yincrement NR3>, <yorigin NR3>, <yreference NR1> <format> ::= an integer in NR1 format: •...
  • Page 216 Commands Quick Reference Table 75 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:SOURce:SUBS :WAVeform:SOURce:SUBS <subsource> ::= {{SUB0 | RX | page 1421) ource <subsource> ource? (see MOSI} | {SUB1 | TX | MISO}} page 1421) (see :WAVeform:TYPE? (see <return_mode>...
  • Page 217 Commands Quick Reference Table 76 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:BY :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:BY <order> ::= {MSBFirst | LSBFirst} Teorder <order> (see Teorder? (see <w> ::= 1 to (# WaveGen outputs) page 1436) page 1436) in NR1 format :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DA <binary>...
  • Page 218 Commands Quick Reference Table 76 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:ST <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | ORe <source> (see WMEMory<r> | FUNCtion<m> | page 1444) MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 219 Commands Quick Reference Table 76 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:MODulation:A :WGEN<w>:MODulation:A <frequency> ::= modulating M:FREQuency M:FREQuency? (see waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 page 1454) <frequency> (see format page 1454) <w> ::= 1 in NR1 format :WGEN<w>:MODulation:F :WGEN<w>:MODulation:F <frequency>...
  • Page 220 Commands Quick Reference Table 76 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:LOAD :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:LOAD? <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} page 1466) <impedance> (see (see <w> ::= 1 to (# WaveGen outputs) page 1466) in NR1 format :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:MODE :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:MODE? <mode>...
  • Page 221 Commands Quick Reference Table 76 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:VOLTage:HIGH :WGEN<w>:VOLTage:HIGH <high> ::= high-level voltage in page 1478) page 1478) <high> (see ? (see volts, in NR3 format <w> ::= 1 to (# WaveGen outputs) in NR1 format :WGEN<w>:VOLTage:LOW :WGEN<w>:VOLTage:LOW?
  • Page 222 Commands Quick Reference Table 77 :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WMEMory<r>:SKEW :WMEMory<r>:SKEW? <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in page 1487) page 1487) <skew> (see (see NR1 format <skew> ::= time in seconds in NR3 format :WMEMory<r>:YOFFset :WMEMory<r>:YOFFset?
  • Page 223 Commands Quick Reference Syntax Elements • "Number Format" on page 223 • "<NL> (Line Terminator)" on page 223 • "[ ] (Optional Syntax Terms)" on page 223 • "{ } (Braces)" on page 223 • "::= (Defined As)" on page 223 •...
  • Page 224 Commands Quick Reference < > (Angle Brackets) < > Angle brackets enclose words or characters that symbolize a program code parameter or an interface command..(Ellipsis) ... An ellipsis (trailing dots) indicates that the preceding element may be repeated one or more times.
  • Page 225 Commands Quick Reference <1000 bytes of data> is the actual data Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 226 Commands Quick Reference Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 227 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 6 Common (*) Commands Commands defined by IEEE 488.2 standard that are common to all instruments. "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 231. Table 78 Common (*) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns page 233) *CLS (see...
  • Page 228 Common (*) Commands Table 78 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 240) page 240) *OPC (see *OPC? (see ASCII "1" is placed in the output queue when all pending device operations have completed. page 241) *OPT? (see <return_value>...
  • Page 229 Common (*) Commands Table 78 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 241) *OPT? (see <All field> ::= {0 | All} (cont'd) <reserved> ::= 0 <MSO> ::= {0 | MSO} <Memory> ::= {0 | MEMUP} <Low Speed Serial>...
  • Page 230 Common (*) Commands Table 78 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 241) *OPT? (see <SENT Serial> ::= {0 | SENSOR} (cont'd) <CAN FD Serial> ::= {0 | CANFD} <CXPI Serial> ::= {0 | CXPI} <NFC Trigger>...
  • Page 231 Common (*) Commands Table 78 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 250) *STB? (see <value> ::= 0 to 255; an integer in NR1 format, as shown in the following: Bit Weight Name "1" Indicates --- ------ ---- --------------- OPER Operation status condition occurred.
  • Page 232 Common (*) Commands Each of the status registers has an enable (mask) register. By setting the bits in the enable N OTE register, you can select the status information you want to use. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 233 Common (*) Commands *CLS (Clear Status) (see page 1610) Command Syntax *CLS The *CLS common command clears the status data structures, the device-defined error queue, and the Request-for-OPC flag. If the *CLS command immediately follows a program message terminator, the output queue N OTE and the MAV (message available) bit are cleared.
  • Page 234 Common (*) Commands *ESE (Standard Event Status Enable) (see page 1610) Command Syntax *ESE <mask_argument> <mask_argument> ::= integer from 0 to 255 The *ESE common command sets the bits in the Standard Event Status Enable Register. The Standard Event Status Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Standard Event Status Register.
  • Page 235 Common (*) Commands The *ESE? query returns the current contents of the Standard Event Status Enable Register. Return Format <mask_argument><NL> <mask_argument> ::= 0,..,255; an integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 231 • "*ESR (Standard Event Status Register)"...
  • Page 236 Common (*) Commands *ESR (Standard Event Status Register) (see page 1610) Query Syntax *ESR? The *ESR? query returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register. When you read the Event Status Register, the value returned is the total bit weights of all of the bits that are high at the time you read the byte.
  • Page 237 Common (*) Commands Reading the Standard Event Status Register clears it. High or 1 indicates the bit is true. N OTE See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 231 • "*ESE (Standard Event Status Enable)" on page 234 •...
  • Page 238 Common (*) Commands *IDN (Identification Number) (see page 1610) Query Syntax *IDN? The *IDN? query identifies the instrument type and software version. Return Format <manufacturer_string>,<model>,<serial_number>,X.XX.XX <NL> <manufacturer_string> ::= AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES <model> ::= the model number of the instrument <serial_number> ::= the serial number of the instrument X.XX.XX ::= the software revision of the instrument See Also •...
  • Page 239 Common (*) Commands *LRN (Learn Device Setup) (see page 1610) Query Syntax *LRN? The *LRN? query result contains the current state of the instrument. This query is similar to the :SYSTem:SETup? (see page 1277) query, except that it contains ":SYST:SET " before the binary block data. The query result is a valid command that can be used to restore instrument settings at a later time.
  • Page 240 Common (*) Commands *OPC (Operation Complete) (see page 1610) Command Syntax *OPC The *OPC command sets the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register when all pending device operations have finished. You can use the *ESR? query to look at the OPC bit (bit 0) in the Standard Event Status Register to determine when an operation is complete.
  • Page 241 Common (*) Commands *OPT (Option Identification) (see page 1610) Query Syntax *OPT? The *OPT? query reports the options installed in the instrument. This query returns a string that identifies the module and its software revision level. Return Format 0,0,<license info> <license info>...
  • Page 242 Common (*) Commands <Waveform Generator> ::= {0 | WAVEGEN} <MIL-1553/ARINC 429 Serial> ::= {0 | AERO} <Extended Video> ::= {0 | VID} <Advanced Math> ::= {0 | ADVMATH} <Digital Voltmeter> ::= {0 | DVM} <Spectrum Visualizer> ::= {0 | OSV} <USB 2.0 Low/Full Speed>...
  • Page 243 Common (*) Commands *RCL (Recall) (see page 1610) Command Syntax *RCL <value> <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The *RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the specified save/recall register.
  • Page 244 Common (*) Commands *RST (Reset) (see page 1610) Command Syntax *RST The *RST command places the instrument in a known state. This is the same as pressing [Save/Recall] > Default/Erase > Factory Default on the front panel. When you perform a factory default setup, there are no user settings that remain unchanged.
  • Page 245 Common (*) Commands Digital Channel Menu (MSO models only) Channel 0 - 15 Labels Threshold TTL (1.4 V) Display Menu Persistence Grid Quick Meas Menu Source Channel 1 Run Control Scope is running Time Base Menu Main time/division 100 us Main time base delay 0.00 s Delay time/division...
  • Page 246 Common (*) Commands Trigger Menu HF Reject and noise reject Holdoff 40 ns External probe attenuation 10:1 External Units Volts External Impedance 1 M Ohm (cannot be changed) See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 231 • ":SYSTem:PRESet"...

  • Page 247: Sav (Save)

    Common (*) Commands *SAV (Save) (see page 1610) Command Syntax *SAV <value> <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The *SAV command stores the current state of the instrument in a save register. The data parameter specifies the register where the data will be saved.

  • Page 248: Sre (Service Request Enable)

    Common (*) Commands *SRE (Service Request Enable) (see page 1610) Command Syntax *SRE <mask> <mask> ::= integer with values defined in the following table. The *SRE command sets the bits in the Service Request Enable Register. The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Status Byte Register.
  • Page 249 Common (*) Commands Table 81 Service Request Enable Register (SRE) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: OPER Operation Status Register Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Operation Status Register (OPER) occur. (Not used.) Event Status Bit Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Standard Event Status Register (ESR) occur.
  • Page 250 Common (*) Commands *STB (Read Status Byte) (see page 1610) Query Syntax *STB? The *STB? query returns the current value of the instrument's status byte. The MSS (Master Summary Status) bit is reported on bit 6 instead of the RQS (request service) bit.
  • Page 251 Common (*) Commands Table 82 Status Byte Register (STB) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates: OPER Operation Status Register An enabled condition in the Operation Status Register (OPER) has occurred. Request Service When polled, that the device is requesting service. Master Summary Status When read (by *STB?), whether the device has a reason for requesting service.
  • Page 252 Common (*) Commands *TRG (Trigger) (see page 1610) Command Syntax *TRG The *TRG command has the same effect as the :DIGitize command with no parameters. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 231 • ":DIGitize" on page 268 •...
  • Page 253 Common (*) Commands *TST (Self Test) (see page 1610) Query Syntax *TST? The *TST? query performs a self-test on the instrument. The result of the test is placed in the output queue. A zero indicates the test passed and a non-zero indicates the test failed.
  • Page 254 Common (*) Commands *WAI (Wait To Continue) (see page 1610) Command Syntax *WAI The *WAI command has no function in the oscilloscope, but is parsed for compatibility with other instruments. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 231 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 255 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 7 Root (:) Commands Control many of the basic functions of the oscilloscope and reside at the root level of the command tree. See "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 258. Table 83 Root (:) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns...
  • Page 256 Root (:) Commands Table 83 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :BLANk [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} | page 266) (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 257 Root (:) Commands Table 83 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 279) :OPEE <n> (see :OPEE? (see <n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1 page 278) format :OPERegister:CONDitio <n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1 page 280) n? (see format...
  • Page 258 Root (:) Commands Table 83 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :STATus? <display> {0 | 1} page 294) (see <display> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 259 Root (:) Commands :ACTivity (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACTivity The :ACTivity command clears the cumulative edge variables for the next activity query. Query Syntax :ACTivity? The :ACTivity? query returns whether there has been activity (edges) on the digital channels since the last query, and returns the current logic levels. Because the :ACTivity? query returns edge activity since the last :ACTivity? query, you must N OTE send this query twice before the edge activity result is valid.
  • Page 260 Root (:) Commands :AER (Arm Event Register) (see page 1610) Query Syntax :AER? The AER query reads the Arm Event Register. After the Arm Event Register is read, it is cleared. A "1" indicates the trigger system is in the armed state, ready to accept a trigger.
  • Page 261 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale (see page 1610) Command Syntax :AUToscale :AUToscale [<source>[,..,<source>]] <source> ::= CHANnel<n> for the DSO models <source> ::= {DIGital<d> | POD1 | POD2 | CHANnel<n>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d>...
  • Page 262 Root (:) Commands See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 258 • ":AUToscale:CHANnels" on page 264 • ":AUToscale:AMODE" on page 263 Example Code ' AUTOSCALE - This command evaluates all the input signals and sets ' the correct conditions to display all of the active signals. myScope.WriteString ":AUToscale"...
  • Page 263 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:AMODE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :AUToscale:AMODE <value> <value> ::= {NORMal | CURRent} The :AUToscale:AMODE command specifies the acquisition mode that is set by subsequent :AUToscales. • When NORMal is selected, an :AUToscale command sets the NORMal acquisition type and the RTIMe (real-time) acquisition mode.
  • Page 264 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:CHANnels (see page 1610) Command Syntax :AUToscale:CHANnels <value> <value> ::= {ALL | DISPlayed} The :AUToscale:CHANnels command specifies which channels will be displayed on subsequent :AUToscales. • When ALL is selected, all channels that meet the requirements of :AUToscale will be displayed.
  • Page 265 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:FDEBug (see page 1610) Command Syntax :AUToscale:FDEBug <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :AUToscale:FDEBug command turns fast debug auto scaling on or off. The Fast Debug option changes the behavior of :AUToscale to let you make quick visual comparisons to determine whether the signal being probed is a DC voltage, ground, or an active AC signal.
  • Page 266 Root (:) Commands :BLANk (see page 1610) Command Syntax :BLANk [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the MSO models <n>...
  • Page 267 Root (:) Commands Example Code • "Example Code" on page 297 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 268 Root (:) Commands :DIGitize (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DIGitize [<source>[,..,<source>]] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2}} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2}} for the MSO models <n>...
  • Page 269 Root (:) Commands • Chapter 4, “Sequential (Blocking) vs. Overlapped Commands,” starting on page • "Example: Checking for Armed Status" on page 1581 Example Code ' Capture an acquisition using :DIGitize. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------- myScope.WriteString ":DIGitize CHANnel1" See complete example programs at: Chapter 44, “Programming Examples,”...
  • Page 270 Root (:) Commands :HWEenable (Hardware Event Enable Register) (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HWEenable <mask> <mask> ::= 16-bit integer The :HWEenable command sets a mask in the Hardware Event Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 12 in the Operation Status Condition Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 271 Root (:) Commands • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 283 • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 286 • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 288 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 250 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 248 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 272 Root (:) Commands :HWERegister:CONDition (Hardware Event Condition Register) (see page 1610) Query Syntax :HWERegister:CONDition? The :HWERegister:CONDition? query returns the integer value contained in the Hardware Event Condition Register. :HWERegister:CONDition? Locked Hardware Event Condition Register :HWERegister[:EVENt]? Hardware Event Event Register Locked :HWEenable :HWEenable? Hardware Event Enable (Mask) Register...
  • Page 273 Root (:) Commands :HWERegister[:EVENt] (Hardware Event Event Register) (see page 1610) Query Syntax :HWERegister[:EVENt]? The :HWERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Hardware Event Event Register. :HWERegister:CONDition? Locked Hardware Event Condition Register :HWERegister[:EVENt]? Hardware Event Event Register Locked :HWEenable :HWEenable? Hardware Event Enable (Mask) Register...
  • Page 274 Root (:) Commands :MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register) (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTEenable <mask> <mask> ::= 16-bit integer The :MTEenable command sets a mask in the Mask Test Event Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 9 in the Operation Status Condition Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request) interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 275 Root (:) Commands <value> ::= integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 258 • ":AER (Arm Event Register)" on page 260 • ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 362 • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 283 •...
  • Page 276 Root (:) Commands :MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register) (see page 1610) Query Syntax :MTERegister[:EVENt]? The :MTERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Mask Test Event Event Register and clears the register. Com- Auto :MTERegister[:EVENt]? Pass Started Fail Mask plete Mask Test Event Event Register...
  • Page 277 Root (:) Commands • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 286 • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 288 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 250 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 248 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 278 Root (:) Commands :OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register) (see page 1610) Command Syntax :OPEE <mask> <mask> ::= 15-bit integer The :OPEE command sets a mask in the Operation Status Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 7 in the Status Byte Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request) interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 279 Root (:) Commands Table 89 Operation Status Enable Register (OPEE) (continued) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: (Not used.) Mask Test Event Event when mask test event occurs. (Not used.) Wait Wait Trig Event when the trigger is armed. Trig (Not used.) Running...
  • Page 280 Root (:) Commands :OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register) (see page 1610) Query Syntax :OPERegister:CONDition? The :OPERegister:CONDition? query returns the integer value contained in the Operation Status Condition Register. From Hardware From Overload From Mask Test Event Registers AER? Set if remote user interface is enabled Event Registers Event Registers Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped...
  • Page 281 Root (:) Commands Table 90 Operation Status Condition Register (continued) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates: Mask Test Event A mask test event has occurred. (Not used.) Wait Wait Trig The trigger is armed (set by the Trigger Armed Trig Event Register (TER)).
  • Page 282 Root (:) Commands • ":MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register)" on page 274 • "*OPC (Operation Complete)" on page 240 • "Operation Status Condition Register (:OPERegister:CONDition)" page 1573 • "Example: Checking for Armed Status" on page 1581 • "Example: Waiting for IO Operation Complete" on page 1586 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 283 Root (:) Commands :OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register) (see page 1610) Query Syntax :OPERegister[:EVENt]? The :OPERegister[:EVENt]? query reads and clears the integer value contained in the Operation Status Event Register. From Hardware From Overload From Mask Test Event Registers AER? Set if remote user interface is enabled Event Registers Event Registers...
  • Page 284 Root (:) Commands Table 91 Operation Status Event Register (continued) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates: Mask Test Event A mask test event has occurred. (Not used.) Wait Wait Trig The trigger is armed (set by the Trigger Armed Trig Event Register (TER)).
  • Page 285 Root (:) Commands • ":MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register)" on page 276 • ":MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register)" on page 274 • "*OPC (Operation Complete)" on page 240 • "Operation Status Event Register (:OPERegister[:EVENt])" on page 1571 • "Example: Checking for Armed Status"...
  • Page 286 Root (:) Commands :OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register) (see page 1610) Command Syntax :OVLenable <enable_mask> <enable_mask> ::= 16-bit integer The overload enable mask is an integer representing an input as described in the following table. The :OVLenable command sets the mask in the Overload Event Enable Register and enables the reporting of the Overload Event Register.
  • Page 287 Root (:) Commands Table 92 Overload Event Enable Register (OVL) (continued) Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: Channel 3 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 3 input. Channel 2 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 2 input. Channel 1 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 1 input.
  • Page 288 Root (:) Commands :OVLRegister (Overload Event Register) (see page 1610) Query Syntax :OVLRegister? The :OVLRegister query returns the overload protection value stored in the Overload Event Register (OVLR). If an overvoltage is sensed on a 50 input, the Ω input will automatically switch to 1 M input impedance.
  • Page 289 Root (:) Commands Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 258 • ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 362 • ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 278 • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 286 •...

  • Page 290: Print

    Root (:) Commands :PRINt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :PRINt [<options>] <options> ::= [<print option>][,..,<print option>] <print option> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | PRINter0 | PRINter1 | BMP8bit | BMP | PNG | NOFactors | FACTors} The <print option> parameter may be repeated up to 5 times. The PRINt command formats the output according to the currently selected format (device).
  • Page 291 Root (:) Commands :RUN (see page 1610) Command Syntax :RUN The :RUN command starts repetitive acquisitions. This is the same as pressing the Run key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 258 •...
  • Page 292 Root (:) Commands :SERial (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SERial? The :SERial? query returns the serial number of the instrument. Return Format: Unquoted string<NL> See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 258 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 293 Root (:) Commands :SINGle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SINGle The :SINGle command causes the instrument to acquire a single trigger of data. This is the same as pressing the Single key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 258 •...

  • Page 294: Status

    Root (:) Commands :STATus (see page 1610) Query Syntax :STATus? <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the MSO models <n>...
  • Page 295 Root (:) Commands :STOP (see page 1610) Command Syntax :STOP The :STOP command stops the acquisition. This is the same as pressing the Stop key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 258 •...
  • Page 296 Root (:) Commands :TER (Trigger Event Register) (see page 1610) Query Syntax :TER? The :TER? query reads the Trigger Event Register. After the Trigger Event Register is read, it is cleared. A one indicates a trigger has occurred. A zero indicates a trigger has not occurred.
  • Page 297 Root (:) Commands :VIEW (see page 1610) Command Syntax :VIEW <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 298 Root (:) Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 299 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 8 :ACQuire Commands Set the parameters for acquiring and storing data. See "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 300. Table 94 :ACQuire Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:AALias? (see {1 | 0} page 302) :ACQuire:COMPlete...
  • Page 300 :ACQuire Commands Table 94 :ACQuire Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:SEGMented:AN page 311) ALyze (see :ACQuire:SEGMented:CO :ACQuire:SEGMented:CO <count> ::= an integer from 2 to page 312) UNt <count> (see UNt? (see 1000 in NR1 format page 312) :ACQuire:SEGMented:IN :ACQuire:SEGMented:IN...
  • Page 301 :ACQuire Commands averaged together to provide the value for one display point. The slower the sweep speed, the greater the number of samples that are averaged together for each display point. Peak Detect The :ACQuire:TYPE PEAK command sets the oscilloscope in the peak detect mode. In this mode, :ACQuire:COUNt has no meaning.
  • Page 302 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:AALias (see page 1610) Query Syntax :ACQuire:AALias? The :ACQuire:AALias? query returns the current state of the oscilloscope acquisition anti-alias control. This control can be directly disabled or disabled automatically. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= {1 | 0} See Also •...
  • Page 303 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:COMPlete (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:COMPlete <complete> <complete> ::= 100; an integer in NR1 format The :ACQuire:COMPlete command affects the operation of the :DIGitize command. It specifies the minimum completion criteria for an acquisition. The parameter determines the percentage of the time buckets that must be "full" before an acquisition is considered complete.

  • Page 304: Acquire:count

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:COUNt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:COUNt <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format In averaging mode, the :ACQuire:COUNt command specifies the number of values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is considered to be complete for that time bucket.

  • Page 305: Acquire:daalias

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:DAALias (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:DAALias <mode> <mode> ::= {DISable | AUTO} The :ACQuire:DAALias command sets the disable anti-alias mode of the oscilloscope. When set to DISable, anti-alias is always disabled. This is good for cases where dithered data is not desired.

  • Page 306: Acquire:digitizer

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:DIGitizer (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:DIGitizer {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :ACQuire:DIGitizer command turns Digitizer mode on or off. Normally, when Digitizer mode is disabled (Automatic mode), the oscilloscope's time per division setting determines the sample rate and memory depth so as to fill the waveform display with data while the oscilloscope is running (continuously making acquisitions).

  • Page 307: Acquire:mode

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:MODE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {RTIMe | ETIMe | SEGMented} The :ACQuire:MODE command sets the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope. • The :ACQuire:MODE RTIMe command sets the oscilloscope in real time mode. The obsolete command ACQuire:TYPE:REALtime is functionally equivalent to sending N OTE ACQuire:MODE RTIMe;...

  • Page 308: Acquire:points[:Analog]

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog] <points> <points> ::= {AUTO | <points_value>} <points_value> ::= desired analog memory depth in integer NR1 format Sets the desired acquisition memory depth. • AUTO — puts the oscilloscope into Automatic (default) mode where the optimal memory depth is selected automatically by the oscilloscope.

  • Page 309: Acquire:points[:Analog]:Auto

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog]:AUTO (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog]:AUTO {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog]:AUTO command enables or disables Automatic determination of the analog channel memory depth: • ON — the analog channel memory depth is automatically determined by the oscilloscope based on the horizontal time/div setting (Automatic mode, the oscilloscope's default).

  • Page 310: Acquire:rsignal

    <ref_signal_mode> ::= {OFF | OUT | IN} See Also • ":TIMebase:REFClock" on page 1286 • The Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes User's Guide for information on using the 10 MHz reference clock. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 311: Acquire:segmented:analyze

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze This command calculates measurement statistics and/or infinite persistence over all segments that have been acquired. It corresponds to the front panel Analyze Segments softkey which appears in both the Measurement Statistics and Segmented Memory Menus.

  • Page 312: Acquire:segmented:count

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt <count> <count> ::= an integer from 2 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format The :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt command sets the number of memory segments to acquire. The segmented memory acquisition mode is enabled with the :ACQuire:MODE command, and data is acquired using the :DIGitize, :SINGle, or :RUN commands.

  • Page 313: Acquire:segmented:index

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex <index> <index> ::= an integer from 1 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format The :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex command sets the index into the memory segments that have been acquired. The segmented memory acquisition mode is enabled with the :ACQuire:MODE command.
  • Page 314 :ACQuire Commands Public strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long) Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _ myMgr.Open("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR") myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface.
  • Page 315 :ACQuire Commands myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex?" strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString Debug.Print "Acquisition memory segment index: " + strQueryResult ' Display the segment time tag. myScope.WriteString ":WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG?" dblTimeTag = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.Print "Segment " + CStr(lngI) + " time tag: " _ + FormatNumber(dblTimeTag, 12) Next lngI Exit Sub VisaComError:...

  • Page 316: Acquire:srate[:Analog]

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog] <rate> <rate> ::= {AUTO | <sample_rate>} <sample_rate> ::= desired analog sample rate in NR3 format Sets the desired acquisition sample rate: • AUTO — puts the oscilloscope into Automatic (default) mode where the optimal sample rate is selected automatically by the oscilloscope.

  • Page 317: Acquire:srate[:Analog]:Auto

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog]:AUTO (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog]:AUTO {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog]:AUTO command enables or disables Automatic determination of the analog channel sample rate: • ON — the analog channel sample rate is automatically determined by the oscilloscope based on the horizontal time/div setting (Automatic mode, the oscilloscope's default).

  • Page 318: Acquire:type

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :ACQuire:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {NORMal | AVERage | HRESolution | PEAK} The :ACQuire:TYPE command selects the type of data acquisition that is to take place. The acquisition types are: • NORMal — sets the oscilloscope in the normal mode. •...
  • Page 319 :ACQuire Commands See Also • "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 300 • ":ACQuire:COUNt" on page 304 • ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 307 • ":DIGitize" on page 268 • ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 1405 • ":WAVeform:TYPE" on page 1422 • ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 1410 Example Code ' AQUIRE_TYPE - Sets the acquisition mode, which can be NORMAL, ' PEAK, or AVERAGE.
  • Page 320 :ACQuire Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 321 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 9 :BUS<n> Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with buses made up of digital channels. See "Introduction to :BUS<n> Commands" on page 322. Table 95 :BUS<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :BUS<n>:BIT<m>...
  • Page 322 :BUS<n> Commands Table 95 :BUS<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :BUS<n>:LABel :BUS<n>:LABel? (see <string> ::= quoted ASCII string page 328) <string> (see up to 10 characters page 328) <n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1 format :BUS<n>:MASK <mask>...

  • Page 323: Bus:Bit

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:BIT<m> (see page 1610) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:BIT<m> <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. <m>...

  • Page 324: Bus:Bits

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:BITS (see page 1610) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:BITS <channel_list>, <display> <channel_list> ::= (@<m>,<m>:<m>, ...) where commas separate bits and colons define bit ranges. <m> ::= An integer, 0,..,15, defines a digital channel affected by the command. <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n>...
  • Page 325 :BUS<n> Commands myScope.WriteString ":BUS1:BITS (@1:15), ON" ' Include digital channels 1 through 5, 8, and 14 in bus 1: myScope.WriteString ":BUS1:BITS (@1:5,8,14), ON" Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 326: Bus:Clear

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:CLEar (see page 1610) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:CLEar <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. The :BUS<n>:CLEar command excludes all of the digital channels from the selected bus definition.

  • Page 327: Bus:Display

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:DISplay <value> <value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. The :BUS<n>:DISPlay command enables or disables the view of the selected bus.

  • Page 328: Bus:Label

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:LABel (see page 1610) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:LABel <quoted_string> <quoted_string> ::= any series of 10 or less characters as a quoted ASCII string. <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. The :BUS<n>:LABel command sets the bus label to the quoted string.

  • Page 329: Bus:Mask

    :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:MASK (see page 1610) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:MASK <mask> <mask> ::= 32-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <string>...
  • Page 330 :BUS<n> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 331 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 10 :CALibrate Commands Utility commands for viewing calibration status and for starting the user calibration procedure. See "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 332. Table 96 :CALibrate Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :CALibrate:DATE? (see <return value>...
  • Page 332 :CALibrate Commands Table 96 :CALibrate Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CALibrate:TEMPeratur <return value> ::= degrees C page 340) e? (see delta since last cal in NR3 format :CALibrate:TIME? (see <return value> ::= page 341) <hours>,<minutes>,<seconds>; all in NR1 format Introduction to The CALibrate subsystem provides utility commands for:...

  • Page 333: Calibrate:date

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:DATE (see page 1610) Query Syntax :CALibrate:DATE? The :CALibrate:DATE? query returns the date of the last calibration. Return Format <date><NL> <date> ::= year,month,day in NR1 format<NL> See Also • "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 332 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 334: Calibrate:label

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:LABel (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CALibrate:LABel <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string of up to 32 characters in length, not including the quotes The CALibrate:LABel command saves a string that is up to 32 characters in length into the instrument's non-volatile memory.

  • Page 335: Calibrate:output

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:OUTPut (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CALibrate:OUTPut <signal> <signal> ::= {TRIGgers | MASK | WAVEgen | WGEN1 | WGEN2 | NFC | TSOurce} Note: WAVE and WGEN1 are equivalent. Note: WGEN2 only available on models with 2 WaveGen outputs. The CALibrate:OUTPut command sets the signal that is available on the rear panel TRIG OUT BNC: •...
  • Page 336 :CALibrate Commands • TSOurce — The raw trigger signal from the oscilloscope's trigger circuit is output to Trig Out. It produces a rising edge whenever the input source would cause a trigger, even though that might occur multiple times within the time of a single acquisition.

  • Page 337: Calibrate:protected

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:PROTected (see page 1610) Query Syntax :CALibrate:PROTected? The :CALibrate:PROTected? query returns the rear-panel calibration protect (CAL PROTECT) button state. The value PROTected indicates calibration is disabled, and UNPRotected indicates calibration is enabled. Return Format <switch><NL> <switch> ::= {"PROTected" | "UNPRotected"} See Also •...

  • Page 338: Calibrate:start

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:STARt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CALibrate:STARt The CALibrate:STARt command starts the user calibration procedure. Before starting the user calibration procedure, you must set the rear panel CALIBRATION N OTE switch to UNPROTECTED, and you must connect BNC cables from the TRIG OUT connector to the analog channel inputs.

  • Page 339: Calibrate:status

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:STATus (see page 1610) Query Syntax :CALibrate:STATus? The :CALibrate:STATus? query returns the summary results of the last user calibration procedure. Return Format <return value><NL> <return value> ::= <status_code>,<status_string> <status_code> ::= an integer status code <status_string> ::= an ASCII status string The status codes and strings can be: Status Code Status String...

  • Page 340: Calibrate:temperature

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:TEMPerature (see page 1610) Query Syntax :CALibrate:TEMPerature? The :CALibrate:TEMPerature? query returns the change in temperature since the last user calibration procedure. Return Format <return value><NL> <return value> ::= degrees C delta since last cal in NR3 format See Also •...

  • Page 341: Calibrate:time

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:TIME (see page 1610) Query Syntax :CALibrate:TIME? The :CALibrate:TIME? query returns the time of the last calibration. Return Format <date><NL> <date> ::= hour,minutes,seconds in NR1 format See Also • "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 332 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 342 :CALibrate Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 343 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 11 :CHANnel<n> Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual analog channels or groups of channels. See "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 345. Table 97 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit? {0 | 1}...
  • Page 344 :CHANnel<n> Commands Table 97 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:PROBe :CHANnel<n>:PROBe? <attenuation> ::= Probe page 354) <attenuation> (see (see attenuation ratio in NR3 format page 354) <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4; in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA <head_param>...
  • Page 345 :CHANnel<n> Commands Table 97 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:RANGe :CHANnel<n>:RANGe? <range> ::= Vertical full-scale page 363) <range>[suffix] (see (see range value in NR3 format page 363) [suffix] ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:SCALe :CHANnel<n>:SCALe?
  • Page 346 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHAN1:RANG +40.0E+00;OFFS +0.00000E+00;COUP DC;IMP ONEM;DISP 1;BWL 0; INV 0;LAB "1";UNIT VOLT;PROB +10E+00;PROB:SKEW +0.00E+00;STYP SING Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 347: Channel:Bwlimit

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit <bwlimit> <bwlimit> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit command controls an internal low-pass filter. When the filter is on, the bandwidth of the specified channel is limited to approximately 25 MHz.

  • Page 348: Channel:Coupling

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:COUPling (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:COUPling <coupling> <coupling> ::= {AC | DC} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:COUPling command selects the input coupling for the specified channel. The coupling for each analog channel can be set to AC or DC. Query Syntax :CHANnel<n>:COUPling? The :CHANnel<n>:COUPling? query returns the current coupling for the specified...

  • Page 349: Channel:Display

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay <display value> <display value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay command turns the display of the specified channel on or off.

  • Page 350: Channel:Impedance

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance command selects the input impedance setting for the specified analog channel. The legal values for this command are ONEMeg (1 M ) and FIFTy (50 Ω...

  • Page 351: Channel:Invert

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:INVert (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:INVert <invert value> <invert value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:INVert command selects whether or not to invert the input signal for the specified channel.

  • Page 352: Channel:Label

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:LABel (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:LABel <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format Label strings are 32 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII characters. N OTE Labels with more than 32 characters are truncated to 32 characters.

  • Page 353: Channel:Offset

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet <offset> [<suffix>] <offset> ::= Vertical offset value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command sets the value that is represented at center screen for the selected channel.

  • Page 354: Channel:Probe

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe <attenuation> <attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The obsolete attenuation values X1, X10, X20, X100 are also supported. The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the selected channel.

  • Page 355: Channel:Probe:head[:Type]

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] (see page 1610) Command Syntax This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes. N OTE :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] <head_param> <head_param> ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 | SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6 | DIFF12 | DIFF20 | DSMA | DSMA6 | NONE} <n>...

  • Page 356: Channel:Probe:id

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID (see page 1610) Query Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID? <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID? query returns the type of probe attached to the specified oscilloscope channel. Return Format <probe id><NL> <probe id> ::= unquoted ASCII string up to 11 characters Some of the possible returned values are: •...

  • Page 357: Channel:Probe:mmodel

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMODel (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMODel <value> <value> ::= {P5205 | P5210 | P6205 | P6241 | P6243 | P6245 | P6246 | P6247 | P6248 | P6249 | P6250 | P6251 | P670X | P671X | TCP202} <n>...

  • Page 358: Channel:Probe:rsense

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse <value> <value> ::= Ohms in NR3 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format When the N2820A high-sensitivity current probe is used with the N2825A user-defined R-sense head, the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse command specifies the value of the R-sense resistor that is being probed in the device under test (DUT).

  • Page 359: Channel:Probe:skew

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW <skew value> <skew value> ::= skew time in NR3 format <skew value> ::= -100 ns to +100 ns <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW command sets the channel-to-channel skew factor for the specified channel.

  • Page 360: Channel:Probe:stype

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe (see page 1610) Command Syntax This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes. N OTE :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe <signal type> <signal type> ::= {DIFFerential | SINGle} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe command sets the channel probe signal type (STYPe) to differential or single-ended when using the 113xA Series probes and determines how offset is applied.

  • Page 361: Channel:Probe:zoom

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format When the N2820A high-sensitivity current probe is used with both the Primary and Secondary cables, the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM command specifies whether this cable will have the Zoom In waveform (ON) or the Zoom Out waveform (OFF).

  • Page 362: Channel:Protection

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROTection (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROTection[:CLEar] <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format| 4} When the analog channel input impedance is set to 50 , the input channels are Ω protected against overvoltage. When an overvoltage condition is sensed, the input impedance for the channel is automatically changed to 1 M Ω...

  • Page 363: Channel:Range

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:RANGe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:RANGe <range>[<suffix>] <range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis of the selected channel.

  • Page 364: Channel:Scale

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:SCALe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:SCALe <scale>[<suffix>] <scale> ::= vertical units per division in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected channel.

  • Page 365: Channel:Units

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:UNITs (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the connected probe. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe. Measurement results, channel sensitivity, and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select.

  • Page 366: Channel:Vernier

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:VERNier (see page 1610) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:VERNier <vernier value> <vernier value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:VERNier command specifies whether the channel's vernier (fine vertical adjustment) setting is ON (1) or OFF (0).
  • Page 367 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 12 :COMPliance Commands Control the license-enabled USB 2.0 signal quality analysis feature. Table 98 :COMPliance Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :COMPliance:USB:AUTos page 368) etup (see :COMPliance:USB:HUBS :COMPliance:USB:HUBS? <number> ::= 0-5 in NR1 format page 369) <number>...

  • Page 368: Compliance:usb:autosetup

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:AUTosetup (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:AUTosetup The :COMPliance:USB:AUTosetup command automatically sets up the oscilloscope for the selected signal quality test and USB compliance test packets. Automatically set are: • Horizontal scale and delay. • Analog input channel(s) scale and vertical offset. •...

  • Page 369: Compliance:usb:hubs

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:HUBS (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:HUBS <number> <number> ::= 0-5 in NR1 format The :COMPliance:USB:HUBS command specifies the number of internal hubs between the host and the test point. When the Near-end test type is selected, you can specify 0 to 5 hubs. When the Far-end test type is selected, the number of hubs is set to 0.

  • Page 370: Compliance:usb:run

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:RUN (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:RUN The :COMPliance:USB:RUN command runs the selected signal quality test. Please be patient as tests can take several minutes to complete. When tests are run, the oscilloscope stops acquisitions if they are running, analyzes the data on screen, and then displays the results.

  • Page 371: Compliance:usb:source:adjacent

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:ADJacent (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:ADJacent <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:ADJacent command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the adjacent D+ or D- signal. When the Device Full Speed Signal Quality test is selected, the specified channel probes the adjacent D+ signal.

  • Page 372: Compliance:usb:source:differential

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential command specifies the analog input channel whose differential probe is connected to the Hi-Speed signal to be tested. Query Syntax :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential? The :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DIFFerential? query returns the specified analog...

  • Page 373: Compliance:usb:source:dminus

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DMINus (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DMINus <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DMINus command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the D- signal. On 4-channel oscilloscopes, you are forced to use different channel pairs for the D+ and D- signals.

  • Page 374: Compliance:usb:source:dplus

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DPLus (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DPLus <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COMPliance:USB:SOURce:DPLus command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the D+ signal. On 4-channel oscilloscopes, you are forced to use different channel pairs for the D+ and D- signals.

  • Page 375: Compliance:usb:test

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:TEST (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:TEST <test> <test> ::= {DHSS | HHSS | DLSS | HLSS | DFSS | HFSS} The :COMPliance:USB:TEST command selects the type of signal quality test to perform: • DHSS — Device Hi-Speed Signal Quality. •...

  • Page 376: Compliance:usb:test:connection

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:TEST:CONNection (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:TEST:CONNection <connection> <connection> ::= {SINGleended | DIFFerential} When a Hi-Speed test has been selected, the :COMPliance:USB:TEST:CONNection command specifies the test fixture connection type: • DIFFerential — specifies that a differential probe is used to probe the signal under test.

  • Page 377: Compliance:usb:test:type

    :COMPliance Commands :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {NEARend | FARend} When a Hi-Speed test has been selected, the :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE command selects whether the test type is near-end or far-end. Query Syntax :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE? The :COMPliance:USB:TEST:TYPE? query returns the selected test type. Return Format <type><NL>...
  • Page 378 :COMPliance Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 379 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 13 :COUNter Commands These commands control the counter feature. See "Introduction to :COUNter Commands" on page 379. Table 99 :COUNter Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :COUNter:CURRent? <value> ::= current counter value page 380) (see...

  • Page 380: Counter:current

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:CURRent (see page 1610) Query Syntax :COUNter:CURRent? The :COUNter:CURRent? query returns the current counter value. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= current counter value in NR3 format See Also • ":COUNter:ENABle" on page 381 • ":COUNter:MODE" on page 382 •...

  • Page 381: Counter:enable

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:ENABle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COUNter:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :COUNter:ENABle command enables or disables the counter feature. Query Syntax :COUNter:ENABle? The :COUNter:ENABle? query returns whether the counter is enabled or disabled. Return Format <off_on><NL>...

  • Page 382: Counter:mode

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:MODE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COUNter:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {FREQuency | PERiod} The :COUNter:MODE command sets the counter mode: • FREQuency — the cycles per second (Hz) of the signal. • PERiod — the time periods of the signal's cycles. Query Syntax :COUNter:MODE The :COUNter:MODE? query returns the counter mode setting.

  • Page 383: Counter:ndigits

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:NDIGits (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COUNter:NDIGits <value> <value> ::= 5 normally, 8 with 10 MHz reference signal, in NR1 format The :COUNter:NDIGits command sets the number of digits of resolution used for the frequency or period counter. The number of digits is not adjustable and is normally 5 digits.

  • Page 384: Counter:source

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :COUNter:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | TQEVent} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COUNter:SOURce command selects the waveform source that the counter measures. You can select one of the analog input channels or the trigger qualified event signal.
  • Page 385 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 14 :DEMO Commands You can output demonstration signals on the oscilloscope's Demo 1 and Demo 2 terminals. See "Introduction to :DEMO Commands" on page 385. Table 100 :DEMO Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DEMO:FUNCtion :DEMO:FUNCtion? (see <signal>...

  • Page 386: Demo:function

    :DEMO Commands :DEMO:FUNCtion (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion <signal> <signal> ::= {SINusoid | NOISy | PHASe | RINGing | SINGle | AM | CLK | GLITch | BURSt | MSO | RUNT | TRANsition | RFBurst | SHOLd | LFSine | FMBurst | ETE | NFC | CAN | LIN | UART | I2C | SPI | I2S | CANLin | CXPI | ARINc | FLEXray | MANChester | MIL | MIL2 | USB | NMONotonic | DCMotor | HARMonics | COUPling | CFD | SENT | USBPd | KEYSight}...
  • Page 387 :DEMO Commands Demo Signal Demo 1 Terminal Demo 2 Terminal Function BURSt Burst of digital pulses that occur every 50 µs @ ~ 3.6 Vpp, ~1.5 V offset 3.1 kHz stair-step sine wave output of ~3.1 kHz sine wave filtered from DAC DAC @ ~1.5 Vpp, 0.75 V offset output @ ~ 600 mVpp, 300 mV offset DAC input signals are internally routed...
  • Page 388 :DEMO Commands Demo Signal Demo 1 Terminal Demo 2 Terminal Function Signals are internally routed to digital channels D6 through D9: • D9 — MOSI, TTL level, with MSB out 1st (internally routed to digital input). • D8 — MISO, TTL level, with MSB out 1st (internally routed to digital input).
  • Page 389 :DEMO Commands Demo Signal Demo 1 Terminal Demo 2 Terminal Function MIL2 MIL-STD-1553 RT to RT transfer, MIL-STD-1553 RT to BC transfer, received ~1.3 Vpp, transmitted received ~1.3 Vpp, transmitted ~4.8 Vpp, 0 V offset ~4.8 Vpp, 0 V offset USB Low Speed D+ signal, ~2.8 Vpp, USB Low Speed D- signal, ~2.8 Vpp, 1.4 V offset...
  • Page 390 :DEMO Commands | MIL | MIL2 | USB | NMON | DCM | HARM | COUP | CFD | SENT | USBP | KEYS} See Also • "Introduction to :DEMO Commands" on page 385 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 391: Demo:function:phase:phase

    :DEMO Commands :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe <angle> <angle> ::= angle in degrees from 0 to 360 in NR3 format For the phase shifted sine demo signals, the :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe command specifies the phase shift in the second sine waveform. Query Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe? The :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe? query returns the currently set phase shift.

  • Page 392: Demo:output

    :DEMO Commands :DEMO:OUTPut (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DEMO:OUTPut <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} The :DEMO:OUTPut command specifies whether the demo signal output is ON (1) or OFF (0). Query Syntax :DEMO:OUTPut? The :DEMO:OUTPut? query returns the current state of the demo signal output setting.
  • Page 393 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 15 :DIGital<d> Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual digital channels. See "Introduction to :DIGital<d> Commands" on page 394. Table 101 :DIGital<d> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DIGital<d>:DISPlay :DIGital<d>:DISPlay? <d>...
  • Page 394 :DIGital<d> Commands Introduction to <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format :DIGital<d> The DIGital subsystem commands control the viewing, labeling, and positioning of Commands digital channels. They also control threshold settings for groups of digital channels, or pods.

  • Page 395: Digital:Display

    :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:DISPlay <display> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DIGital<d>:DISPlay command turns digital display on or off for the specified channel.

  • Page 396: Digital:Label

    :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:LABel (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:LABel <string> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <string> ::= any series of 10 or less characters as quoted ASCII string. The :DIGital<d>:LABel command sets the channel label to the string that follows. Setting a label for a channel also adds the name to the label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest label in the list).

  • Page 397: Digital:Position

    :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:POSition (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:POSition <position> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <position> ::= integer in NR1 format. Channel Size Position Bottom Large Medium 0-15 Small 0-31 The :DIGital<d>:POSition command sets the position of the specified channel. Note that bottom positions might not be valid depending on whether digital buses, serial decode waveforms, or the zoomed time base are displayed.

  • Page 398: Digital:Size

    :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:SIZE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:SIZE <value> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium | LARGe} The :DIGital<d>:SIZE command specifies the size of digital channels on the display.

  • Page 399: Digital:Threshold

    :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:THReshold (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:THReshold <value> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | <user defined value>[<suffix>]} <user defined value> ::= -8.00 to +8.00 in NR3 format <suffix>...
  • Page 400 :DIGital<d> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 401 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 16 :DISPlay Commands Control how waveforms, graticule, and text are displayed and written on the screen. See "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 403. Table 102 :DISPlay Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:ANNotation<n :DISPlay:ANNotation<n {0 | 1}...
  • Page 402 :DISPlay Commands Table 102 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:BACKlight {{0 | OFF} | {1 | page 410) ON}} (see :DISPlay:CLEar (see page 411) :DISPlay:DATA? <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | [<format>][,][<palett PNG} page 412) e>] (see <palette>...
  • Page 403 :DISPlay Commands Table 102 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:TRANsparent :DISPlay:TRANsparent? {OFF | ON} page 424) {OFF | ON} (see (see page 424) :DISPlay:VECTors {{0 :DISPlay:VECTors? {0 | 1} page 425) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see OFF or 0 can only be selected page...

  • Page 404: Display:annotation

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> <setting> <setting> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> command turns the annotation on and off. When on, the annotation appears in the upper left corner of the oscilloscope's display.

  • Page 405: Display:annotation:Background

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground <mode> <mode> ::= {OPAQue | INVerted | TRANsparent} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground command specifies the background of the annotation: • OPAQue — the annotation has a solid background. •...

  • Page 406: Display:annotation:Color

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor <color> <color> ::= {CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | DIG | MATH | REF | MARKer | WHITe | RED} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor command specifies the annotation color.

  • Page 407: Display:annotation:Text

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string (up to 254 characters) <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT command specifies the annotation string. The annotation string can contain as many characters as will fit in the Edit Annotation box on the oscilloscope's screen, up to 254 characters.

  • Page 408: Display:annotation:X1Position

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to (800 - width of annotation) in NR1 form <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position command sets the annotation's horizontal X1 position.

  • Page 409: Display:annotation:Y1Position

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to (480 - height of annotation) in NR1 for mat. <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position command sets the annotation's vertical Y1 position.

  • Page 410: Display:backlight

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:BACKlight (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:BACKlight {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :DISPlay:BACKlight command turns the display's backlight off or on. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 411: Display:clear

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:CLEar (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:CLEar The :DISPlay:CLEar command clears the display and resets all associated measurements. If the oscilloscope is stopped, all currently displayed data is erased. If the oscilloscope is running, all of the data for active channels and functions is erased;...

  • Page 412: Display:data

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:DATA (see page 1610) Query Syntax :DISPlay:DATA? [<format>][,<palette>] <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | PNG} <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} The :DISPlay:DATA? query reads screen image data. You can choose 24-bit BMP, 8-bit BMP8bit, or 24-bit PNG formats in color or grayscale. Note that the returned image is also affected by the :HARDcopy:INKSaver command, which is ON by default and returns an inverted image.
  • Page 413 :DISPlay Commands Open strPath For Binary Access Write Lock Write As #1 ' Open file f or output. Put #1, , byteData ' Write data. Close #1 ' Close file. myScope.IO.Timeout = 5000 See complete example programs at: Chapter 44, “Programming Examples,” starting on page 1619 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 414: Display:graticule:alabels

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels command turns graticule (grid) axis labels on or off. Query Syntax :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels? The :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels? query returns the graticule (grid) axis labels setting Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 415: Display:graticule:intensity

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity command sets the graticule (grid) intensity. Query Syntax :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity? The :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity? query returns the graticule (grid) intensity setting.

  • Page 416: Display:graticule:type

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:GRATicule:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:GRATicule:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {FULL | MVOLt | IRE} The :DISPlay:GRATicule:TYPE command sets the graticule (grid) type. When the TV trigger type is selected (see ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 1308), and the vertical scaling of at least one displayed channel is 140 mV/div, the :DISPlay:GRATicule:TYPE command lets you select from these grid types: •...

  • Page 417: Display:intensity:waveform

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform command sets the waveform intensity. This is the same as adjusting the front panel [Intensity] knob. Query Syntax :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform? The :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform? query returns the waveform intensity setting.

  • Page 418: Display:label

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:LABel (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:LABel <value> <value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DISPlay:LABel command turns the analog and digital channel labels on and off. Query Syntax :DISPlay:LABel? The :DISPlay:LABel? query returns the display mode of the analog and digital labels.

  • Page 419: Display:lablist

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:LABList (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:LABList <binary block data> <binary block> ::= an ordered list of up to 75 labels, a maximum of 32 characters each, separated by newline characters. The :DISPlay:LABList command adds labels to the label list. Labels are added in alphabetical order.

  • Page 420: Display:menu

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:MENU (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:MENU <menu> <menu> ::= {MASK | MEASure | SEGMented | LISTer | POWer | OFF} The :DISPlay:MENU command changes the front panel softkey menu or turns it off. When off, channel setup information is displayed instead. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 421: Display:message:clear

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:MESSage:CLEar (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:MESSage:CLEar The :DISPlay:MESSage:CLEar command removes all user messages that are currently on screen. See Also • ":SYSTem:DSP" on page 1263 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 422: Display:persistence

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:PERSistence (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:PERSistence <value> <value> ::= {MINimum | INFinite | <time>} <time> ::= seconds in in NR3 format from 100E-3 to 60E0 The :DISPlay:PERSistence command specifies the persistence setting: • MINimum — indicates zero persistence. •...

  • Page 423: Display:sidebar

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:SIDebar (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:SIDebar <sidebar> <sidebar> ::= {SUMMary | CURSors | MEASurements | DVM | NAVigate | CONTrols | EVENts | COUNter} The :DISPlay:SIDebar command specifies the sidebar dialog to display on the screen. Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 424: Display:transparent

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:TRANsparent (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:TRANsparent <setting> <setting> ::= {OFF | ON} The :DISPlay:TRANsparent command enables or disables transparent mode for dialog box backgrounds in the front panel graphical user interface. This command maps to the Transparent softkey that appears in the front panel user interface under [Utility] >...

  • Page 425: Display:vectors

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:VECTors (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DISPlay:VECTors <vectors> <vectors> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DISPlay:VECTors command turns vector display on or off. When vectors are turned on, the oscilloscope displays lines connecting sampled data points. On the 1 GHz and 1.5 GHz bandwidth models, you can turn off vectors to view just waveform data points.
  • Page 426 :DISPlay Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 427 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 17 :DVM Commands These commands control the digital voltmeter (DVM) feature. Table 103 :DVM Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DVM:ARANge {{0 | :DVM:ARANge? (see {0 | 1} page 428) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 428) :DVM:CURRent? (see...

  • Page 428: Dvm:arange

    :DVM Commands :DVM:ARANge (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DVM:ARANge <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} If the selected digital voltmeter (DVM) source channel is not used in oscilloscope triggering, the :DVM:ARANge command turns the digital voltmeter's Auto Range capability on or off.

  • Page 429: Dvm:current

    :DVM Commands :DVM:CURRent (see page 1610) Query Syntax :DVM:CURRent? The :DVM:CURRent? query returns the displayed 3-digit DVM value based on the current mode. It can take up to a few seconds after DVM analysis is enabled before this query starts to N OTE produce good results, that is, results other than +9.9E+37.

  • Page 430: Dvm:enable

    :DVM Commands :DVM:ENABle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DVM:ENABle <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :DVM:ENABle command turns the digital voltmeter (DVM) analysis feature on or off. Query Syntax :DVM:ENABle? The :DVM:ENABle? query returns a flag indicating whether the digital voltmeter (DVM) analysis feature is on or off.

  • Page 431: Dvm:mode

    :DVM Commands :DVM:MODE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DVM:MODE <dvm_mode> <dvm_mode> ::= {ACRMs | DC | DCRMs} The :DVM:MODE command sets the digital voltmeter (DVM) mode: • ACRMs — displays the root-mean-square value of the acquired data, with the DC component removed. •...

  • Page 432: Dvm:source

    :DVM Commands :DVM:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :DVM:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 in NR1 format The :DVM:SOURce command sets the select the analog channel on which digital voltmeter (DVM) measurements are made. The selected channel does not have to be on (displaying a waveform) in order for DVM measurements to be made.
  • Page 433 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 18 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Control the input characteristics of the external trigger input. See "Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands" on page 433. Table 104 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :EXTernal:BWLimit :EXTernal:BWLimit? <bwlimit>...

  • Page 434: External:bwlimit

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:BWLimit (see page 1610) Command Syntax :EXTernal:BWLimit <bwlimit> <bwlimit> ::= {0 | OFF} The :EXTernal:BWLimit command is provided for product compatibility. The only legal value is 0 or OFF. Use the :TRIGger:HFReject command to limit bandwidth on the external trigger input. Query Syntax :EXTernal:BWLimit? The :EXTernal:BWLimit? query returns the current setting of the low-pass filter...

  • Page 435: External:probe

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:PROBe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :EXTernal:PROBe <attenuation> <attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format The :EXTernal:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the external trigger. The probe attenuation factor may be 0.1 to 1000. This command does not change the actual input sensitivity of the oscilloscope.

  • Page 436: External:range

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:RANGe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :EXTernal:RANGe <range>[<suffix>] <range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} The :EXTernal:RANGe command is provided for product compatibility. When using 1:1 probe attenuation, the range is either 1.6 V or 8 V. The range is automatically recalculated when the external trigger probe attenuation factor is changed.

  • Page 437: External:units

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:UNITs (see page 1610) Command Syntax :EXTernal:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} The :EXTernal:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the probe connected to the external trigger input. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe.
  • Page 438 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 439 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 19 :FRANalysis Commands Control oscilloscope functions associated with the Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) feature, which is available in oscilloscope models that have a license-enabled built-in waveform generator. See "Introduction to :FRANalysis Commands" on page 440. Table 105 :FRANalysis Commands Summary Command Query...
  • Page 440 :FRANalysis Commands Table 105 :FRANalysis Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FRANalysis:SOURce:IN :FRANalysis:SOURce:IN <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 449) Put <source> (see Put? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 449) in NR1 format :FRANalysis:SOURce:OU :FRANalysis:SOURce:OU <source>...

  • Page 441: Franalysis:data

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:DATA (see page 1610) Query Syntax :FRANalysis:DATA? [SWEep | SINGle] The :FRANalysis:DATA? query returns the frequency response analysis data. The data is returned in four comma-separated columns of data for each step in the sweep: Frequency (Hz), Amplitude (Vpp), Gain (dB), and Phase (°). You can use the :FRANalysis:TRACe command to specify whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the frequency response analysis results.

  • Page 442: Franalysis:enable

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:ENABle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:ENABle <setting> <setting> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :FRANalysis:ENABle command turns the Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) feature on or off. Query Syntax :FRANalysis:ENABle? The :FRANalysis:ENABle? query returns a flag indicating whether the Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) feature is on or off.

  • Page 443: Franalysis:frequency:mode

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE <setting> <setting> ::= {SWEep | SINGle} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE command lets you select between the normal swept frequency response analysis or analysis at a single frequency, which can be useful when debugging. Query Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE? The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE? query returns the frequency mode setting.

  • Page 444: Franalysis:frequency:single

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:FREQuency:SINGle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:SINGle <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 2000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:SINGle command command sets the single frequency value.

  • Page 445: Franalysis:frequency:start

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt command command sets the frequency sweep start value. The frequency response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the minimum frequency of 20 Hz.

  • Page 446: Franalysis:frequency:stop

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 20000000 [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP command sets the frequency sweep stop value. The frequency response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the maximum frequency of 20 MHz.

  • Page 447: Franalysis:ppdecade

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:PPDecade (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:PPDecade <value> <value> ::= {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 90 | 100} The :FRANalysis:PPDecade command specifies the number of points per decade in the frequency response analysis.

  • Page 448: Franalysis:run

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:RUN (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:RUN The :FRANalysis:RUN command performs the Frequency Response Analysis. This analysis controls the built-in waveform generator to sweep a sine wave across a range of frequencies while measuring the input to and output from a device under test (DUT).

  • Page 449: Franalysis:source:input

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the input voltage to the device under test (DUT) in the frequency response analysis.

  • Page 450: Franalysis:source:output

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the output voltage from the device under test (DUT) in the frequency response analysis.

  • Page 451: Franalysis:trace

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:TRACe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:TRACe <selection> <selection> ::= {NONE | ALL | GAIN | PHASe}[,{GAIN | PHASe}] The :FRANalysis:TRACe command specifies whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the frequency response analysis results. This command affects the oscilloscope's front panel graphical user interface (plot and table) N OTE as well as when saving analysis data.

  • Page 452: Franalysis:wgen:load

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} The :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD command selects the expected output load impedance. The output impedance of the Gen Out BNC is fixed at 50 ohms. However, the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.

  • Page 453: Franalysis:wgen:voltage

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage <amplitude>,[<range>] <amplitude> ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} The :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage command specifies the waveform generator's output sine wave amplitude.

  • Page 454: Franalysis:wgen:voltage:profile

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile command enables or disables the ability to specify amplitude ramping within different decades. Query Syntax :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile? The :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile? query returns the voltage profile setting.
  • Page 455 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 20 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Control math functions in the oscilloscope. See "Introduction to :FUNCtion<m> Commands" on page 460. Table 106 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage: :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage: <count> ::= an integer from 2 to page 462) COUNt <count>...
  • Page 456 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 106 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNi :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNi <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere | page 467) ts <units> (see ts? (see NONE} page 467) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar page 468)
  • Page 457 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 106 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PH :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PH <ref_point> ::= {TRIGger | ASe:REFerence ASe:REFerence? (see DISPlay} page 477) <ref_point> (see <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format page 477) :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:RB <resolution_bw> ::= Hz in NR3 page 478) Width? (see...
  • Page 458 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 106 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuenc :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuenc <3dB_freq> ::= 3dB cutoff y:LOWPass <3dB_freq> y:LOWPass? (see frequency value in NR3 format page 485) page 485) (see <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrat :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrat...
  • Page 459 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 106 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe? <range> ::= the full-scale page 494) page 494) <range> (see (see vertical axis value in NR3 format. The range for ADD, SUBT, MULT is 8E-6 to 800E+3.
  • Page 460 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 106 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 498) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c> | page 498) WMEMory<r> | BUS<b>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <c>...
  • Page 461 :FUNCtion<m> Commands The following is a sample response from the :FUNCtion1? query. In this case, the query was issued following a *RST command. :FUNC1:OPER ADD;DISP 0;SOUR1 CHAN1;SOUR2 CHAN2;RANG +8.00E+00;OFFS +0.0E+00 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 462: Function:Average:count

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt <count> <count> ::= an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt command sets the number of waveforms to be averaged together.

  • Page 463: Function:Bus:clock

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk <source> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <source> ::= {DIGital<d>} <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk command selects the clock signal source for the Chart Logic Bus State operation.

  • Page 464: Function:Bus:slope

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe <slope> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive | EITHer} The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe command specifies the clock signal edge for the Chart Logic Bus State operation. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe query returns the clock edge setting.

  • Page 465: Function:Bus:yincrement

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= value per bus code, in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement command specifies the value associated with each increment in Chart Logic Bus data. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement query returns the value associated with each...

  • Page 466: Function:Bus:yorigin

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= value at bus code = 0, in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin command specifies the value associated with Chart Logic Bus data equal to zero. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin query returns the value for associated with data...

  • Page 467: Function:Bus:yunits

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits <units> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere | NONE} The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits command specifies the vertical units for the Chart Logic Bus operations. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits query returns the Chart Logic Bus vertical units.

  • Page 468: Function:Clear

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar When the :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation is AVERage, MAXHold, or MINHold, the :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar command clears the number of evaluated waveforms. See Also • ":FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt" on page 462 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 469: Function:Display

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay <display> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay command turns the display of the function on or off. When ON is selected, the function operates as specified by the other :FUNCtion<m>...

  • Page 470: Function[:Fft]:Bsize

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:BSIZe (see page 1610) Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:BSIZe? <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:BSIZe? query returns the Bin Size setting for the FFT. Return Format <bin_size><NL> <bin_size> ::= Hz in NR3 format See Also • ":FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n>" on page 479 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 471: Function[:Fft]:Center

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format. The range of legal values is from -25 GHz to 25 GHz. The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer command sets the center frequency when FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is selected.

  • Page 472: Function[:Fft]:Detection:points

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:POINts (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:POINts <number_of_buckets> <number_of_buckets> ::= an integer from 640 to 64K in NR1 format <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:POINts command specifies the maximum number of points that the FFT detector should decimate to. This is also the number of buckets that sampled FFT points are grouped into before the selected detection type reduction (decimation) is applied.

  • Page 473: Function[:Fft]:Detection:type

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {OFF | SAMPle | PPOSitive | PNEGative | NORMal | AVERage} <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:TYPE command sets the FFT detector decimation type. Detectors give you a way of manipulating the acquired data to emphasize different features of the data.

  • Page 474: Function[:Fft]:Frequency:start

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STARt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STARt <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the start frequency in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STARt command sets the start frequency in the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range. The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range can also be set with the :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer and :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN commands.

  • Page 475: Function[:Fft]:Frequency:stop

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STOP (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STOP <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the stop frequency in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STOP command sets the stop frequency in the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range. The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range can also be set with the :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer and :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN commands.

  • Page 476: Function[:Fft]:Gate

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:GATE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:GATE <gating> <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format <gating> ::= {NONE | ZOOM} The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:GATE command specifies whether the FFT is performed on the Main time base window (NONE) or the ZOOM window when the zoomed time base is displayed.

  • Page 477: Function[:Fft]:Phase:reference

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence <ref_point> <ref_point> ::= {TRIGger | DISPlay} <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence command sets the reference point for calculating the FFT Phase function to either the trigger point or beginning of the displayed waveform.

  • Page 478: Function[:Fft]:Rbwidth

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:RBWidth (see page 1610) Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:RBWidth? <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:RBWidth? query returns the Resolution Bandwidth setting for the FFT. Return Format <resolution_bw><NL> <resolution_bw> ::= Hz in NR3 format See Also • ":FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n>" on page 479 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 479: Function[:Fft]:Readout

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n> (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n> <readout_type> <readout_type> ::= {SRATe | BSIZe | RBWidth} <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format <n> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format, 2 is valid only on oscilloscopes that have the dedicated FFT function The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n>...

  • Page 480: Function[:Fft]:Span

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN <span> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <span> ::= the current frequency span in NR3 format. Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz. If you set the frequency span to a value outside of the legal range, the step size is automatically set to the nearest legal value.

  • Page 481: Function[:Fft]:Srate

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SRATe (see page 1610) Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SRATe? <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SRATe? query returns the Sample Rate setting for the FFT. Return Format <sample_rate><NL> <sample_rate> ::= Hz in NR3 format See Also • ":FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n>" on page 479 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 482: Function[:Fft]:Vtype

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe <units> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <units> ::= {DECibel | VRMS} for the FFT (magnitude) operation <units> ::= {DEGRees | RADians} for the FFTPhase operation The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe command specifies FFT vertical units. For the FFT (Magnitude) operation units, DECibel equates to the user interface's Logarithmic selection, and VRMS equates to the user interface's Linear selection.

  • Page 483: Function[:Fft]:Window

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow <window> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <window> ::= {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris | BARTlett} The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow command allows the selection of different windowing transforms or operations for the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) function. The FFT operation assumes that the time record repeats.

  • Page 484: Function:Frequency:highpass

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass <3dB_freq> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <3dB_freq> ::= -3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass command sets the high-pass filter's -3 dB cutoff frequency. The high-pass filter is a single-pole high pass filter.

  • Page 485: Function:Frequency:lowpass

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass <3dB_freq> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <3dB_freq> ::= -3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass command sets the low-pass filter's -3 dB cutoff frequency. The low-pass filter is a 4th order Bessel-Thompson filter.

  • Page 486: Function:Integrate:ioffset

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset <input_offset> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <input_offset> ::= DC offset correction in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset command lets you enter a DC offset correction factor for the integrate math waveform input signal. This DC offset correction lets you level a "ramp"ed waveform.

  • Page 487: Function:Linear:gain

    :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= 'A' in Ax + B, value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN command specifies the 'A' value in the Ax + B operation.
  • Page 488 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= 'B' in Ax + B, value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet command specifies the 'B' value in the Ax + B operation.
  • Page 489 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet <offset> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <offset> ::= the value at center screen in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet command sets the voltage or vertical value represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal values is generally +/-10 times the current scale of the selected function, but will vary by function.
  • Page 490 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation <operation> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply | DIVide | DIFF | INTegrate | FFT | FFTPhase | SQRT | MAGNify | ABSolute | SQUare | LN | LOG | EXP | TEN | LOWPass | HIGHpass | AVERage | SMOoth | ENVelope | LINear | MAXimum | MINimum | PEAK | MAXHold | MINHold | TRENd | BTIMing | BSTate}...
  • Page 491 :FUNCtion<m> Commands • LINear — Ax + B — The LINear commands set the gain (A) and offset (B) values for this function. • SQUare • SQRT — Square root • ABSolute — Absolute Value • LOG — Common Logarithm •...
  • Page 492 :FUNCtion<m> Commands • ENVelope — Envelope — The resulting math waveform is the amplitude envelope for an amplitude modulated (AM) input signal. This function uses a Hilbert transform to get the real (in-phase, I) and imaginary (quadrature, Q) parts of the input signal and then performs a square root of the sum of the real and imaginary parts to get the demodulated amplitude envelope waveform.
  • Page 493 :FUNCtion<m> Commands If a math function is on (see :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay), changing the operator will cause an N OTE automatic vertical scaling of the new math function waveform. If you wait for the operation to complete (with an *OPC? query for example), then query the math functions's scale, you can see the vertical scaling that was automatically determined.
  • Page 494 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe <range> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <range> ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis for the selected function.
  • Page 495 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence <level> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <level> ::= the current reference level in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence command sets the voltage or vertical value represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal values is generally +/-10 times the current scale of the selected function, but will vary by function.
  • Page 496 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe <scale value>[<suffix>] <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <scale value> ::= vertical units/div value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | dB} The :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected function.
  • Page 497 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts <points> <points> ::= odd integer in NR1 format When the :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation is SMOoth, the :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts command sets the number of smoothing points to use. You can choose an odd number of points, from 3 up to half of the measurement record or precision analysis record.
  • Page 498 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c> | WMEMory<r> | BUS<b>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <c>...
  • Page 499 :FUNCtion<m> Commands The :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1? query returns the current source1 for function operations. When :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation is TRENd, the :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1? query returns the source of the measurement. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= {CHAN<n> | FUNC<c> | MATH<c> | WMEM<r> | BUS<b>} See Also •...
  • Page 500 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | WMEMory<r> | NONE} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 command specifies the second source for math operator functions that have two sources.
  • Page 501 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:NMEasurement (see page 1610) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:NMEasurement MEAS<n> <n> ::= # of installed measurement, from 1 to 10 <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:NMEasurement command selects the measurement whose trend is shown in the math waveform. There are 10 locations (or slots) that installed measurements can occupy.
  • Page 502 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 503 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 21 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands Set and query the selection of hardcopy device and formatting options. See "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 504. Table 107 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :HARDcopy:AREA <area>...
  • Page 504 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands Table 107 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOM :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOM <domain> ::= quoted ASCII string page 514) ain <domain> (see ain? (see page 514) :HARDcopy:NETWork:PAS <password> ::= quoted ASCII Sword <password> (see string page 515) :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLO :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLO...
  • Page 505 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands Return Format The following is a sample response from the :HARDcopy? query. In this case, the query was issued following the *RST command. :HARD:APR "";AREA SCR;FACT 0;FFE 0;INKS 1;PAL NONE;LAY PORT Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 506 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:AREA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:AREA <area> <area> ::= SCReen The :HARDcopy:AREA command controls what part of the display area is printed. Currently, the only legal choice is SCReen. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:AREA? The :HARDcopy:AREA? query returns the selected display area. Return Format <area><NL>...
  • Page 507 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:APRinter (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:APRinter <active_printer> <active_printer> ::= {<index> | <name>} <index> ::= integer index of printer in list <name> ::= name of printer in list The :HARDcopy:APRinter command sets the active printer. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:APRinter? The :HARDcopy:APRinter? query returns the name of the active printer.
  • Page 508 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:FACTors (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:FACTors <factors> <factors> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:FACTors command controls whether the scale factors are output on the hardcopy dump. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:FACTors? The :HARDcopy:FACTors? query returns a flag indicating whether oscilloscope instrument settings are output on the hardcopy.
  • Page 509 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:FFEed (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:FFEed <ffeed> <ffeed> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:FFEed command controls whether a formfeed is output between the screen image and factors of a hardcopy dump. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:FFEed? The :HARDcopy:FFEed? query returns a flag indicating whether a formfeed is output at the end of the hardcopy dump.
  • Page 510 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:INKSaver (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:INKSaver <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:INKSaver? The :HARDcopy:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not.
  • Page 511 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:LAYout (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:LAYout <layout> <layout> ::= {LANDscape | PORTrait} The :HARDcopy:LAYout command sets the hardcopy layout mode. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:LAYout? The :HARDcopy:LAYout? query returns the selected hardcopy layout mode. Return Format <layout><NL> <layout> ::= {LAND | PORT} See Also •...
  • Page 512 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess <address> <address> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess command sets the address for a network printer slot. The address is the server/computer name and the printer's share name in the \\server\share format. The network printer slot is selected by the :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT command.
  • Page 513 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy The :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy command applies the network printer settings and makes the printer connection. See Also • "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 504 • ":HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT" on page 516 • ":HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess" on page 512 •...
  • Page 514 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain <domain> <domain> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain command sets the Windows network domain name. The domain name setting is a common setting for both network printer slots. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain? The :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain? query returns the current Windows network domain name.
  • Page 515 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword <password> <password> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword command sets the password for the specified Windows network domain and user name. The password setting is a common setting for both network printer slots. See Also •...
  • Page 516 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT <slot> <slot> ::= {NET0 | NET1} The :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT command selects the network printer slot used for the address and apply commands. There are two network printer slots to choose from. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT? The :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT? query returns the currently selected network printer slot.
  • Page 517 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname <username> <username> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname command sets the user name to use when connecting to the Windows network domain. The user name setting is a common setting for both network printer slots. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname? The :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname? query returns the currently set user name.
  • Page 518 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:PALette (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:PALette <palette> <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | NONE} The :HARDcopy:PALette command sets the hardcopy palette color. The oscilloscope's print driver cannot print color images to color laser printers, so the COLor option is not available when connected to laser printers. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:PALette? The :HARDcopy:PALette? query returns the selected hardcopy palette color.
  • Page 519 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST (see page 1610) Query Syntax :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST? The :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST? query returns a list of available printers. The list can be empty. Return Format <list><NL> <list> ::= [<printer_spec>] ... [printer_spec>] <printer_spec> ::= "<index>,<active>,<name>;" <index> ::= integer index of printer <active>...
  • Page 520 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HARDcopy:STARt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:STARt The :HARDcopy:STARt command starts a print job. See Also • "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 504 • ":HARDcopy:APRinter" on page 507 • ":HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST" on page 519 • ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 508 •...
  • Page 521 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HCOPY:SDUMp:DATA (see page 1610) Query Syntax :HCOPY:SDUMp:DATA? [<format>] <format> ::= {PNG | BMP | BMP8bit} The :HCOPY:SDUMp:DATA? query reads and returns screen image data. You can choose 24-bit BMP, 8-bit BMP8bit, or 24-bit PNG formats. Note that the returned image is also affected by the :HARDcopy:INKSaver command, which is ON by default and returns an inverted image.
  • Page 522 :HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat (see page 1610) Command Syntax :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {PNG | BMP | BMP8bit} The :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat command specifies the format for screen image data: 24-bit PNG, 24-bit BMP, or 8-bit BMP8bit. Note that the screen image data is also affected by the :HARDcopy:INKSaver command, which is ON by default and results in an inverted image.
  • Page 523 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 22 :LISTer Commands Table 108 :LISTer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :LISTer:DATA? (see <binary_block> ::= page 524) comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each row :LISTer:DISPlay {{OFF :LISTer:DISPlay? (see {OFF | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | ALL} page 525)
  • Page 524 :LISTer Commands :LISTer:DATA (see page 1610) Query Syntax :LISTer:DATA? The :LISTer:DATA? query returns the lister data. Return Format <binary block><NL> <binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also • "Introduction to :LISTer Commands" on page 523 •...
  • Page 525 :LISTer Commands :LISTer:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :LISTer:DISPlay <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {SBUS1 | ON | 1} | {SBUS2 | 2} | ALL} The :LISTer:DISPlay command configures which of the serial buses to display in the Lister, or whether the Lister is off. "ON" or "1" is the same as "SBUS1". When set to "ALL", the decode information for different buses is interleaved in time.
  • Page 526 :LISTer Commands :LISTer:REFerence (see page 1610) Command Syntax :LISTer:REFerence <time_ref> <time_ref> ::= {TRIGger | PREVious} The :LISTer:REFerence command selects whether the time value for a Lister row is relative to the trigger or the previous Lister row. Query Syntax :LISTer:REFerence? The :LISTer:REFerence? query returns the Lister time reference setting.
  • Page 527 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 23 :MARKer Commands Set and query the settings of X-axis markers (X1 and X2 cursors) and the Y-axis markers (Y1 and Y2 cursors). See "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" page 529. Table 109 :MARKer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns...
  • Page 528 :MARKer Commands Table 109 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:X2Position :MARKer:X2Position? <position> ::= X2 cursor position page 536) <position>[suffix] (see value in NR3 format page 536) (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} <return_value>...
  • Page 529 :MARKer Commands Table 109 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:YDELta? (see <return_value> ::= Y cursors page 545) delta value in NR3 format :MARKer:YUNits <mode> :MARKer:YUNits? (see <units> ::= {BASE | PERCent} page 546) page 546) (see :MARKer:YUNits:USE page...
  • Page 530 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:DYDX (see page 1610) Query Syntax :MARKer:DYDX? The MARKer:DYDX? query returns the cursor ∆Y/∆X value. X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command. If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined. Make sure to set N OTE :MARKer:MODE to MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in the front-panel Normal mode.
  • Page 531 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:MODE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {OFF | MEASurement | MANual | WAVeform | BINary | HEX} The :MARKer:MODE command sets the cursors mode: • OFF — removes the cursor information from the display. •...
  • Page 532 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:X1:DISPlay command specifies whether the X1 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:X1:DISPlay? The :MARKer:X1:DISPlay? query returns the X1 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...
  • Page 533 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1Position (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= X1 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} The :MARKer:X1Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE"...
  • Page 534 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1Y1source (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1Y1source <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MARKer:X1Y1source command sets the source for the cursors.

  • Page 535: Marker:x2:Display

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:X2:DISPlay command specifies whether the X2 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:X2:DISPlay? The :MARKer:X2:DISPlay? query returns the X2 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 536: Marker:x2Position

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2Position (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= X2 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} The :MARKer:X2Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE"...

  • Page 537: Marker:x2Y2Source

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2Y2source (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2Y2source <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MARKer:X2Y2source command sets the source for the cursors.

  • Page 538: Marker:xdelta

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XDELta (see page 1610) Query Syntax :MARKer:XDELta? The MARKer:XDELta? query returns the value difference between the current X1 and X2 cursor positions. Xdelta = (Value at X2 cursor) - (Value at X1 cursor) X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command. If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined.

  • Page 539: Marker:xunits

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XUNits (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:XUNits <units> <units> ::= {SEConds | HERTz | DEGRees | PERCent} The :MARKer:XUNits command sets the X cursors units: • SEConds — for making time measurements. • HERTz — for making frequency measurements. •...

  • Page 540: Marker:xunits:use

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XUNits:USE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:XUNits:USE When DEGRees is selected for :MARKer:XUNits, the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 degrees and the current X2 location as 360 degrees. When PERCent is selected for :MARKer:XUNits, the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 percent and the current X2 location as 100 percent.

  • Page 541: Marker:y1:Display

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay command specifies whether the Y1 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay? The :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay? query returns the Y1 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 542: Marker:y1Position

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y1Position (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y1Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= Y1 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {mV | V | dB} If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" page 531), the :MARKer:Y1Position command: •...

  • Page 543: Marker:y2:Display

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay command specifies whether the Y2 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay? The :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay? query returns the Y2 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 544: Marker:y2Position

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y2Position (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y2Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= Y2 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {mV | V | dB} If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" page 531), the :MARKer:Y1Position command: •...

  • Page 545: Marker:ydelta

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YDELta (see page 1610) Query Syntax :MARKer:YDELta? The :MARKer:YDELta? query returns the value difference between the current Y1 and Y2 cursor positions. Ydelta = (Value at Y2 cursor) - (Value at Y1 cursor) If the front-panel cursors are off or are set to Binary or Hex Mode, the marker position values N OTE are not defined.

  • Page 546: Marker:yunits

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YUNits (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:YUNits <units> <units> ::= {BASE | PERCent} The :MARKer:YUNits command sets the Y cursors units: • BASE — for making measurements in the units associated with the cursors source. • PERCent — for making ratio measurements. Use the :MARKer:YUNits:USE command to set the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent.

  • Page 547: Marker:yunits:use

    :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YUNits:USE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MARKer:YUNits:USE When PERCent is selected for :MARKer:YUNits, the :MARKer:YUNits:USE command sets the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent. Once the 0 and 100 percent locations are set, inputs to and outputs from the :MARKer:Y1Position, :MARKer:Y2Position, and :MARKer:YDELta commands/queries are relative to the set locations.
  • Page 548 :MARKer Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 549 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 24 :MEASure Commands Select automatic measurements to be made and control time markers. See "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 568. Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ALL (see page 570) :MEASure:AREa...
  • Page 550 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:BRATe :MEASure:BRATe? <source> ::= {<digital channels> [<source>] (see [<source>] (see | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | page 572) page 572) MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d>...
  • Page 551 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DEFine :MEASure:DEFine? <delay spec> ::= page 579) DELay, <delay spec> DELay (see <edge_spec1>,<edge_spec2> page 577) (see edge_spec1 ::= [<slope>]<occurrence> edge_spec2 ::= [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= {+ | -} <occurrence>...
  • Page 552 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUAL:CHARge :MEASure:DUAL:CHARge? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <source1>,<source2> ::= [,<source1>][,<source [,<source1>][,<source CHANnel<n> with N2820A probe page 583) page 583) 2>] (see 2>] (see connected} <n>...
  • Page 553 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUAL:VRMS :MEASure:DUAL:VRMS? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <type> ::= {AC | DC} [,<type>] [,<type>] <source1>,<source2> ::= [,<source1>][,<source [,<source1>][,<source page 588) page 588) CHANnel<n> with N2820A probe 2>] (see 2>] (see connected...
  • Page 554 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FALLtime :MEASure:FALLtime? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 590) page 590) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 555 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FFT:OBW :MEASure:FFT:OBW? <percentage> ::= percent of <percentage>[,<source <percentage>[,<source spectral power occupied page 593) page 593) >] (see >] (see bandwidth is measured for in NR3 format <source>...
  • Page 556 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NDUTy :MEASure:NDUTy? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 596) page 596) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 557 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NPULses :MEASure:NPULses? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 598) page 598) WMEMory<r> | <digital channels>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 558 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:OVERshoot :MEASure:OVERshoot? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 600) page 600) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 559 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PHASe :MEASure:PHASe? <source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source1>] [<source1>] FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | [,<source2>] (see [,<source2>] (see WMEMory<r>} page 604) page 604) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 560 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PWIDth :MEASure:PWIDth? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 607) page 607) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 561 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:SDEViation :MEASure:SDEViation? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 612) page 612) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 562 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:STATistics :MEASure:STATistics? <type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent | page 617) page 617) <type> (see (see MEAN | MINimum | MAXimum | STDDev | COUNt} ON ::= all statistics returned :MEASure:STATistics:D :MEASure:STATistics:D...
  • Page 563 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TEDGe :MEASure:TEDGe? <slope> ::= {RISing | FALLing | [<slope>,]<occurrence [<slope>,]<occurrence EITHer} >[,<source>] (see >[,<source>] (see <occurrence> ::= [+ | -]<number> page 623) page 624) <number> ::= the edge number in NR1 format <source>...
  • Page 564 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TVALue? <value> ::= voltage level that <value>, the waveform must cross. [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= direction of the [,<source>] (see waveform when <value> is crossed. page 626) <occurrence>...
  • Page 565 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VAVerage :MEASure:VAVerage? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>][,<source [<interval>][,<source <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 629) page 629) >] (see >] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 566 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VMIN :MEASure:VMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 632) page 632) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 567 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VRMS :MEASure:VRMS? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <type> ::= {AC | DC} [,<type>][,<source>] [,<type>][,<source>] page 635) page 635) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | (see (see FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 568 :MEASure Commands Table 110 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:XMIN :MEASure:XMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 639) page 639) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 569 :MEASure Commands Measurement Type Portion of waveform that must be displayed period, duty cycle, or frequency at least one complete cycle pulse width the entire pulse rise time rising edge, top and bottom of pulse fall time falling edge, top and bottom of pulse Measurement Error If a measurement cannot be made (typically because the proper portion of the waveform is not displayed), the value +9.9E+37 is returned for that measurement.

  • Page 570: Measure:all

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:ALL (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:ALL This command installs a Snapshot All measurement on the screen. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 568 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 571: Measure:area

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:AREa (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:AREa [<interval>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 572: Measure:brate

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:BRATe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:BRATe [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 573: Measure:bwidth

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:BWIDth (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:BWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:BWIDth command installs a burst width measurement on screen.

  • Page 574: Measure:clear

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:CLEar (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:CLEar This command clears all selected measurements and markers from the screen. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 568 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 575: Measure:counter

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:COUNter (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:COUNter [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :MEASure:COUNter command installs a screen measurement and starts a counter measurement.
  • Page 576 :MEASure Commands • ":MEASure:FREQuency" on page 595 • ":MEASure:CLEar" on page 574 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 577: Measure:define

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DEFine (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:DEFine <meas_spec>[,<source>] <meas_spec> ::= {DELay | THResholds}, for remaining syntax, see: ":MEASure:DEFine DELay Command Syntax" • on page 577 ":MEASure:DEFine THResholds Command Syntax" • on page 578 The :MEASure:DEFine command sets up the definition for measurements by specifying the delta time or threshold values.
  • Page 578 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DEFine DELay,<delay spec>[,<source>] <delay spec> ::= <edge_spec1>,<edge_spec2> <edge_spec1> ::= [<slope>]<occurrence> <edge_spec2> ::= [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= {+ | -} <occurrence> ::= integer <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 579 :MEASure Commands • Threshold mode ABSolute sets the measurement thresholds to absolute values. ABSolute thresholds are dependent on channel scaling (:CHANnel<n>:RANGe or :CHANnel<n>:SCALe), probe attenuation (:CHANnel<n>:PROBe), and probe units (:CHANnel<n>:UNITs). Always set these values first before setting ABSolute thresholds. Query Syntax :MEASure:DEFine? <meas_spec>[,<source>] <meas_spec>...

  • Page 580: Measure:delay

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DELay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:DELay [<edge_select_mode>][,][<source1>][,<source2>] <edge_select_mode> ::= {MANual | AUTO} <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r> | <digital channels>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 581 :MEASure Commands In the :MEASure:DEFine command, you can set upper, middle, and lower threshold values. It is the middle threshold value that is used when performing the delay query. The standard upper, middle, and lower measurement thresholds are 90%, 50%, and 10% values between Vbase and Vtop. If you want to move the delay measurement point nearer to Vtop or Vbase, you must change the threshold values with the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command.

  • Page 582: Measure:delay:define

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DELay:DEFine (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:DELay:DEFine <source1_edge_slope>, <source1_edge_number>, <source1_edge_threshold>, <source2_edge_slope>, <source2_edge_number>, <source2_edge_threshold> <source1_edge_slope>, <source2_edge_slope> ::= {RISing | FALLing} <source1_edge_number>, <source2_edge_number> ::= 0 to 1000 in NR1 format <source1_edge_threshold>, <source2_edge_threshold> ::= MIDDle The :MEASure:DELay:DEFine command defines slope directions and edge numbers for the delay measurement started or returned by the :MEASure:DELay command.

  • Page 583: Measure:dual:charge

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:CHARge (see page 1610) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 584: Measure:dual:vamplitude

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VAMPlitude (see page 1610) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 585: Measure:dual:vaverage

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VAVerage (see page 1610) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 586: Measure:dual:vbase

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VBASe (see page 1610) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 587: Measure:dual:vpp

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VPP (see page 1610) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 588: Measure:dual:vrms

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VRMS (see page 1610) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.

  • Page 589: Measure:dutycycle

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUTYcycle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:DUTYcycle [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 590: Measure:falltime

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FALLtime (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:FALLtime [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FALLtime command installs a screen measurement and starts a fall-time measurement.

  • Page 591: Measure:fft:acpr

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FFT:ACPR (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:FFT:ACPR <chan_width>,<chan_spacing>,<chan>[,<source>] <chan_width> ::= of main range and sideband channels, Hz in NR3 format <chan_spacing> ::= spacing between main range and sideband channels, Hz in NR3 format <chan> ::= {CENTer | HIGH<sb> | LOW<sb>} <sb>...

  • Page 592: Measure:fft:cpower

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer [<source>] <source> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT} (must be an FFT waveform) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer command installs an FFT analysis Channel Power measurement on screen.

  • Page 593: Measure:fft:obw

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FFT:OBW (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:FFT:OBW <percentage>[,<source>] <percentage> ::= percent of spectral power occupied bandwidth is measured for (in NR3 format) <source> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT} (must be an FFT waveform) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FFT:OBW command installs an FFT analysis Occupied Bandwidth measurement on screen.

  • Page 594: Measure:fft:thd

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FFT:THD (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:FFT:THD <tracking>[,<fundamental_freq>][,<source>] <tracking> ::= {AUTO | MANual} <fundamental_freq> ::= in NR3 format, required if <tracking> is MANual <source> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT} (must be an FFT waveform) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FFT:THD command installs an FFT analysis Total Harmonic Distortion measurement on screen.

  • Page 595: Measure:frequency

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FREQuency (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:FREQuency [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 596: Measure:nduty

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NDUTy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:NDUTy [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 597: Measure:nedges

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NEDGes (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:NEDGes [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:NEDGes command installs a falling edge count measurement on screen.

  • Page 598: Measure:npulses

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NPULses (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:NPULses [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r> | <digital channels>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 599: Measure:nwidth

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NWIDth (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:NWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 600: Measure:overshoot

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:OVERshoot (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:OVERshoot [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:OVERshoot command installs a screen measurement and starts an overshoot measurement.
  • Page 601 :MEASure Commands • ":MEASure:VMAX" on page 631 • ":MEASure:VTOP" on page 636 • ":MEASure:VBASe" on page 630 • ":MEASure:VMIN" on page 632 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 602: Measure:pedges

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PEDGes (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:PEDGes [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PEDGes command installs a rising edge count measurement on screen.

  • Page 603: Measure:period

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PERiod (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:PERiod [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 604: Measure:phase

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PHASe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:PHASe [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r >} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 605: Measure:ppulses

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PPULses (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:PPULses [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r> | <digital channels>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 606: Measure:preshoot

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PREShoot (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:PREShoot [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PREShoot command installs a screen measurement and starts a preshoot measurement.

  • Page 607: Measure:pwidth

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PWIDth (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:PWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...

  • Page 608: Measure:results

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:RESults (see page 1610) Query Syntax :MEASure:RESults? The :MEASure:RESults? query returns the results of the continuously displayed measurements. The response to the MEASure:RESults? query is a list of comma-separated values. If more than one measurement is running continuously, the :MEASure:RESults return values are duplicated for each continuous measurement from the first to last (top to bottom) result displayed.
  • Page 609 :MEASure Commands Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long) Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::130.29.70.228::inst0::INSTR") ' Initialize. myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface.
  • Page 610 :MEASure Commands ValueColumnArray(6) = "Count" Dim ValueColumn As Variant For Each ResultType In ResultsTypeArray myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:STATistics " + ResultType ' Get the statistics results. Dim intCounter As Integer intCounter = 0 myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RESults?" ResultsList() = myScope.ReadList For Each Measurement In MeasurementArray If ResultType = "ON"...

  • Page 611: Measure:risetime

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:RISetime (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:RISetime [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:RISetime command installs a screen measurement and starts a rise-time measurement.

  • Page 612: Measure:sdeviation

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SDEViation (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:SDEViation [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 613: Measure:show

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SHOW (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:SHOW <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:SHOW command enables markers for tracking measurements on the display. Query Syntax :MEASure:SHOW? The :MEASure:SHOW? query returns the current state of the markers. This can return OFF when :MARKer:MODE selects a mode other than MEASurement.

  • Page 614: Measure:slewrate

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SLEWrate (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:SLEWrate [<source>[,<slope>]] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 615: Measure:source

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:SOURce <source1>[,<source2>] <source1>,<source2> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 616 :MEASure Commands • ":MARKer:X1Y1source" on page 534 • ":MARKer:X2Y2source" on page 537 • ":MEASure:DELay" on page 580 • ":MEASure:PHASe" on page 604 Example Code ' MEASURE - The commands in the MEASure subsystem are used to make ' measurements on displayed waveforms. myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:SOURce CHANnel1"...

  • Page 617: Measure:statistics

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics <type> <type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent | MINimum | MAXimum | MEAN | STDDev | COUNt} The :MEASure:STATistics command determines the type of information returned by the :MEASure:RESults? query. ON means all the statistics are on. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics? The :MEASure:STATistics? query returns the current statistics mode.

  • Page 618: Measure:statistics:display

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay command disables or enables the display of the measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay? The :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay? query returns the state of the measurement statistics display.

  • Page 619: Measure:statistics:increment

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:INCRement (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:INCRement This command updates the statistics once (incrementing the count by one) using the current measurement values. It corresponds to the front panel Increment Statistics softkey in the Measurement Statistics Menu. This command lets you, for example, gather statistics over multiple pulses captured in a single acquisition.

  • Page 620: Measure:statistics:mcount

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt <setting> <setting> ::= {INFinite | <count>} <count> ::= 2 to 2000 in NR1 format The :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt command specifies the maximum number of values used when calculating measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt? The :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt? query returns the current measurement statistics max count setting.

  • Page 621: Measure:statistics:reset

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:RESet (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RESet This command resets the measurement statistics, zeroing the counts. Note that the measurement (statistics) configuration is not deleted. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 568 • ":MEASure:STATistics" on page 617 •...

  • Page 622: Measure:statistics:rsdeviation

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation command disables or enables relative standard deviations, that is, standard deviation/mean, in the measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation? The :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation? query returns the current relative standard deviation setting.

  • Page 623: Measure:tedge

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:TEDGe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:TEDGe [<slope>,]<occurrence>[,<source>] <slope> ::= {RISing | FALLing | EITHer} <occurrence> ::= [+ | -]<number> <number> ::= the edge number in NR1 format <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels>...
  • Page 624 :MEASure Commands Query Syntax :MEASure:TEDGe? [<slope>,]<occurrence>[,<source>] When the :MEASure:TEDGe query is sent, the displayed signal is searched for the specified transition. The time interval between the trigger event and the edge occurrence is returned. If the specified crossing cannot be found, the oscilloscope returns +9.9E+37. This value is returned if the waveform does not cross the specified vertical value, or if the waveform does not cross the specified vertical value for the specific number of times in the direction specified.
  • Page 625 :MEASure Commands dblChan1Edge2 = myScope.ReadNumber ' Calculate period of ch 1. dblPeriod = dblChan1Edge2 - dblChan1Edge1 ' Calculate phase difference between ch1 and ch2. dblPhase = (dblDelay / dblPeriod) * 360 MsgBox "Phase = " + vbCrLf + CStr(dblPhase) See complete example programs at: Chapter 44, “Programming Examples,”...

  • Page 626: Measure:tvalue

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:TVALue (see page 1610) Query Syntax :MEASure:TVALue? <value>, [<slope>]<occurrence>[,<source>] <value> ::= the vertical value that the waveform must cross. value can be volts or a math function value such as dB, Vs, or V/s. <slope> ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by a plus sign (+).
  • Page 627 :MEASure Commands <value> ::= time in seconds of the specified value crossing in NR3 format See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 568 • ":MEASure:TEDGe" on page 623 • ":MEASure:VTIMe" on page 1531 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 628: Measure:vamplitude

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VAMPlitude (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:VAMPlitude [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VAMPlitude command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical amplitude measurement.

  • Page 629: Measure:vaverage

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VAVerage (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:VAVerage [<interval>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 630: Measure:vbase

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VBASe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:VBASe [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VBASe command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform base value measurement.

  • Page 631: Measure:vmax

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VMAX (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:VMAX [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 632: Measure:vmin

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VMIN (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:VMIN [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VMIN command installs a screen measurement and starts a minimum vertical value measurement.

  • Page 633: Measure:vpp

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VPP (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:VPP [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VPP command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical peak-to-peak measurement.

  • Page 634: Measure:vratio

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VRATio (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:VRATio [<interval>][,<source1>][,<source2>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 635: Measure:vrms

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VRMS (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:VRMS [<interval>][,<type>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <type> ::= {AC | DC} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 636: Measure:vtop

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VTOP (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:VTOP [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VTOP command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform top value measurement.

  • Page 637: Measure:window

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:WINDow (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:WINDow <type> <type> ::= {MAIN | ZOOM | AUTO | GATE} The :MEASure:WINDow command lets you choose whether measurements are made in the Main window portion of the display, the Zoom window portion of the display (when the zoomed time base is displayed), or gated by the X1 and X2 cursors.

  • Page 638: Measure:xmax

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:XMAX (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:XMAX [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 639: Measure:xmin

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:XMIN (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:XMIN [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 640: Measure:yatx

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:YATX (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:YATX <horiz_location>[,<source>] <horiz_location> ::= time from trigger in seconds <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...
  • Page 641 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 25 :MEASure Power Commands These :MEASure commands are available when the power measurements and analysis application is licensed and enabled. Table 111 :MEASure Power Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ANGLe :MEASure:ANGLe? <source1>, <source2>...
  • Page 642 :MEASure Power Commands Table 111 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:CRESt :MEASure:CRESt? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} page 649) page 649) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 643 :MEASure Power Commands Table 111 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ONTime :MEASure:ONTime? <source1>, <source2> ::= [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 {CHANnel<n>} page 655) page 655) >] (see >] (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <return_value>...
  • Page 644 :MEASure Power Commands Table 111 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:RDSon :MEASure:RDSon? <source1>, <source2> ::= [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | page 659) page 659) >] (see >] (see MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 645 :MEASure Power Commands Table 111 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TRESponse :MEASure:TRESponse? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 663) page 663) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 646: Measure:angle

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ANGLe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:ANGLe [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ANGLe command installs a power phase angle measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 647: Measure:apparent

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:APParent (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:APParent [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:APParent command installs an apparent power measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 648: Measure:cploss

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:CPLoss (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:CPLoss [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:CPLoss command installs a power loss per cycle measurement on screen.

  • Page 649: Measure:crest

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:CRESt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:CRESt [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:CRESt command installs a crest factor measurement on screen. The <source>...

  • Page 650: Measure:efficiency

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:EFFiciency (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:EFFiciency The :MEASure:EFFiciency command installs an efficiency (output power / input power) measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 651: Measure:eloss

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ELOSs (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:ELOSs [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ELOSs command installs an energy loss measurement on screen.

  • Page 652: Measure:factor

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:FACTor (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:FACTor [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FACTor command installs a power factor measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 653: Measure:ipower

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:IPOWer (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:IPOWer The :MEASure:IPOWer command installs an input power measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 654: Measure:offtime

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:OFFTime (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:OFFTime [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:OFFTime command installs an "off time" measurement on screen. Turn off time measures the difference of time between when the input AC Voltage last falls to 10% of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage last falls to 10% of its maximum amplitude.

  • Page 655: Measure:ontime

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ONTime (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:ONTime [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ONTime command installs an "on time" measurement on screen. Turn on time measures the difference of time between when the input AC Voltage first rises to 10% of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage rises to 90% of its maximum amplitude.

  • Page 656: Measure:opower

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:OPOWer (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:OPOWer The :MEASure:OPOWer command installs an output power measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 657: Measure:pcurrent

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:PCURrent (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:PCURrent [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PCURrent command installs a peak current measurement on screen.

  • Page 658: Measure:ploss

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:PLOSs (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:PLOSs [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PLOSs command installs a power loss measurement on screen.

  • Page 659: Measure:rdson

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:RDSon (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:RDSon [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 660: Measure:reactive

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:REACtive (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:REACtive [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:REACtive command installs a reactive power measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 661: Measure:real

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:REAL (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:REAL [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:REAL command installs a real power measurement on screen. The <source>...

  • Page 662: Measure:ripple

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:RIPPle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:RIPPle [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:RIPPle command installs an output ripple measurement on screen.

  • Page 663: Measure:tresponse

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:TRESponse (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:TRESponse [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:TRESponse command installs a transient response time measurement on screen.

  • Page 664: Measure:vcesat

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:VCESat (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MEASure:VCESat [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VCESat command installs a power Vce(sat) measurement on screen.
  • Page 665 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 26 :MTESt Commands The MTESt subsystem commands and queries control the mask test features. See "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 667. Table 112 :MTESt Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:ALL {{0 | OFF} :MTESt:ALL? (see {0 | 1}...
  • Page 666 :MTESt Commands Table 112 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:DELete (see page 681) :MTESt:ENABle {{0 | :MTESt:ENABle? (see {0 | 1} page 682) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 682) :MTESt:LOCK {{0 | :MTESt:LOCK? (see {0 | 1} page 683)
  • Page 667 :MTESt Commands Table 112 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 :MTESt:SCALe:Y1? (see <y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3 page 695) <y1_value> (see format page 695) :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 :MTESt:SCALe:Y2? (see <y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3 page 696) <y2_value>...
  • Page 668 :MTESt Commands On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _ myMgr.Open("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR") myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface. ' Make sure oscilloscope is running. myScope.WriteString ":RUN" ' Set mask test termination conditions.
  • Page 669 :MTESt Commands Dim lngTimeout As Long ' Max millisecs to wait. Dim lngElapsed As Long lngTimeout = 60000 ' 60 seconds. ' Wait until mask is created. lngElapsed = 0 Do While lngElapsed <= lngTimeout myScope.WriteString ":OPERegister:CONDition?" varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Operation Status Condition Register MTE bit (bit 9, &H200).

  • Page 670: Mtest:all

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ALL (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:ALL <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:ALL command specifies the channel(s) that are included in the mask test: • ON — All displayed analog channels are included in the mask test. •...

  • Page 671: Mtest:amask:create

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:CREate (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:CREate The :MTESt:AMASk:CREate command automatically constructs a mask around the current selected channel, using the tolerance parameters defined by the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta, :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta, and :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs commands. The mask only encompasses the portion of the waveform visible on the display, so you must ensure that the waveform is acquired and displayed consistently to obtain repeatable results.

  • Page 672: Mtest:amask:source

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce command selects the source for the interpretation of the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta parameters when :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs is set to CURRent. When UNITs are CURRent, the XDELta and YDELta parameters are defined in terms of the channel units, as set by the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command, of the selected source.

  • Page 673: Mtest:amask:units

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {CURRent | DIVisions} The :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs command alters the way the mask test subsystem interprets the tolerance parameters for automasking as defined by :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta commands. • CURRent — the mask test subsystem uses the units as set by the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command, usually time for X and voltage for Δ...

  • Page 674: Mtest:amask:xdelta

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta <value> <value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta command sets the tolerance in the X direction around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to horizontal values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.

  • Page 675: Mtest:amask:ydelta

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta <value> <value> ::= Y delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta command sets the vertical tolerance around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to vertical values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.

  • Page 676: Mtest:count:fwaveforms

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms (see page 1610) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? [CHANnel<n>] <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? query returns the total number of failed waveforms in the current mask test run. This count is for all regions and all waveforms collected on the channel specified by the optional parameter or collected on the currently specified source channel (:MTESt:SOURce) if there is no parameter.

  • Page 677: Mtest:count:reset

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:RESet (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:RESet The :MTESt:COUNt:RESet command resets the mask statistics. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 667 • ":MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms" on page 679 • ":MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms" on page 676 • ":MTESt:COUNt:TIME" on page 678 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 678: Mtest:count:time

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:TIME (see page 1610) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? The :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? query returns the elapsed time in the current mask test run. Return Format <time><NL> <time> ::= elapsed seconds in NR3 format. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 667 •...

  • Page 679: Mtest:count:waveforms

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms (see page 1610) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? query returns the total number of waveforms acquired in the current mask test run. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 667 •...

  • Page 680: Mtest:data

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:DATA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:DATA <mask> <mask> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format. The :MTESt:DATA command loads a mask from binary block data. Query Syntax :MTESt:DATA? The :MTESt:DATA? query returns a mask in binary block data format. The format for the data transmission is the # format defined in the IEEE 488.2 specification.

  • Page 681: Mtest:delete

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:DELete (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:DELete The :MTESt:DELete command clears the currently loaded mask. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 667 • ":MTESt:AMASk:CREate" on page 671 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 682: Mtest:enable

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ENABle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:ENABle <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:ENABle command enables or disables the mask test features. • ON — Enables the mask test features. • OFF — Disables the mask test features. Query Syntax :MTESt:ENABle? The :MTESt:ENABle? query returns the current state of mask test features.

  • Page 683: Mtest:lock

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:LOCK (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:LOCK <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:LOCK command enables or disables the mask lock feature: • ON — Locks a mask to the SOURce. As the vertical or horizontal scaling or position of the SOURce changes, the mask is redrawn accordingly.

  • Page 684: Mtest:rmode

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe <rmode> <rmode> ::= {FORever | SIGMa | TIME | WAVeforms} The :MTESt:RMODe command specifies the termination conditions for the mask test: • FORever — the mask test runs until it is turned off. •...

  • Page 685: Mtest:rmode:faction:measure

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure command sets measuring only mask failures on or off. When ON, measurements and measurement statistics run only on waveforms that contain a mask violation;...

  • Page 686: Mtest:rmode:faction:print

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt command sets printing on mask failures on or off. Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt ON automatically sets :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE N OTE OFF. Chapter 21, “:HARDcopy/:HCOPY Commands,”...

  • Page 687: Mtest:rmode:faction:save

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE command sets saving on mask failures on or off. Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE ON automatically sets :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt N OTE OFF. Chapter 30, “:SAVE Commands,”...

  • Page 688: Mtest:rmode:faction:stop

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP command sets stopping on a mask failure on or off. When this setting is ON and a mask violation is detected, the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped.

  • Page 689: Mtest:rmode:sigma

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa <level> <level> ::= from 0.1 to 9.3 in NR3 format When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to SIGMa, the :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa command sets the test sigma level to which a mask test runs. Test sigma is the best achievable process sigma, assuming no failures.

  • Page 690: Mtest:rmode:time

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:TIME (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:TIME <seconds> <seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to TIME, the :MTESt:RMODe:TIME command sets the number of seconds for a mask test to run. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? The :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? query returns the number of seconds currently set.

  • Page 691: Mtest:rmode:waveforms

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms <count> <count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format from 1 to 2,000,000,000 When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to WAVeforms, the :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms command sets the number of waveform acquisitions that are mask tested. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? query returns the number of waveforms...

  • Page 692: Mtest:scale:bind

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:BIND (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:BIND <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:SCALe:BIND command enables or disables Bind 1 & 0 Levels (Bind -1 & 0 Levels for inverted masks) control: • ON — If the Bind 1 &...

  • Page 693: Mtest:scale:x1

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:X1 (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:X1 <x1_value> <x1_value> ::= X1 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:X1 command defines where X=0 in the base coordinate system used for mask testing. The other X-coordinate is defined by the :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command. Once the X1 and XDELta coordinates are set, all X values of vertices in the mask regions are defined with respect to this value, according to the equation: Δ...

  • Page 694: Mtest:scale:xdelta

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta <xdelta_value> <xdelta_value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command defines the position of the X2 marker with respect to the X1 marker. In the mask test coordinate system, the X1 marker defines where X=0;...

  • Page 695: Mtest:scale:y1

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 <y1_value> <y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 command defines where Y=0 in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries set by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the equation: Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1...

  • Page 696: Mtest:scale:y2

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 <y2_value> <y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 command defines the Y2 marker in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries defined by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the following equation: Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1...

  • Page 697: Mtest:source

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :MTESt:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:SOURce command selects the channel which is configured by the commands contained in a mask file when it is loaded. Query Syntax :MTESt:SOURce? The :MTESt:SOURce? query returns the channel which is configured by the...

  • Page 698: Mtest:title

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:TITLe (see page 1610) Query Syntax :MTESt:TITLe? The :MTESt:TITLe? query returns the mask title which is a string of up to 128 characters. The title is displayed in the mask test dialog box and mask test tab when a mask file is loaded. Return Format <title><NL>...
  • Page 699 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 27 :POD Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with groups of digital channels. See "Introduction to :POD<n> Commands" on page 699. Table 113 :POD<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :POD<n>:DISPlay {{0 | :POD<n>:DISPlay? (see {0 | 1} page...
  • Page 700 :POD Commands Return Format The following is a sample response from the :POD1? query. In this case, the query was issued following a *RST command. :POD1:DISP 0;THR +1.40E+00 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 701: Pod:Display

    :POD Commands :POD<n>:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POD<n>:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and defines the group of channels that are affected by the command. POD1 ::= D0-D7 POD2 ::= D8-D15 The :POD<n>:DISPlay command turns displaying of the specified group of...

  • Page 702: Pod:Size

    :POD Commands :POD<n>:SIZE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POD<n>:SIZE <value> <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and defines the group of channels that are affected by the command. POD1 ::= D0-D7 POD2 ::= D8-D15 <value>...

  • Page 703: Pod:Threshold

    :POD Commands :POD<n>:THReshold (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POD<n>:THReshold <type>[<suffix>] <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and defines the group of channels that are affected by the command. <type> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | <user defined value>} <user defined value>...
  • Page 704 :POD Commands ' Set channels 0-7 to CMOS threshold. myScope.WriteString ":POD1:THRESHOLD CMOS" ' Set channels 8-15 to 2.0 volts. myScope.WriteString ":POD2:THRESHOLD 2.0" ' Set external channel to TTL threshold (short form). myScope.WriteString ":TRIG:LEV TTL,EXT" See complete example programs at: Chapter 44, “Programming Examples,”...
  • Page 705 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 28 :POWer Commands These :POWer commands are available when the power measurements and analysis application is licensed and enabled. Table 114 :POWer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:CLResponse? page 713) (see :POWer:CLResponse:APP page...
  • Page 706 :POWer Commands Table 114 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:CLResponse:FRE :POWer:CLResponse:FRE <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | Quency:STARt Quency:STARt? (see 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | page 722) <value>[suffix] (see 10000000} page 722) [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} :POWer:CLResponse:FRE :POWer:CLResponse:FRE...
  • Page 707 :POWer Commands Table 114 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:ENABle {{0 | :POWer:ENABle? (see {0 | 1} page 734) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 734) :POWer:HARMonics:APPL page 735) y (see :POWer:HARMonics:DATA <binary_block> ::= page 736) ? (see...
  • Page 708 :POWer Commands Table 114 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:INRush:NEXT page 749) (see :POWer:ITYPe <type> :POWer:ITYPe? (see <type> ::= {DC | AC} page 750) page 750) (see :POWer:MODulation:APP page 751) Ly (see :POWer:MODulation:SOU :POWer:MODulation:SOU <source> ::= {V | I} page 752) Rce <source>...
  • Page 709 :POWer Commands Table 114 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 :MINimum :MINimum? (see | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | page 764) <value>[suffix] (see 10000000} page 764) [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz}...
  • Page 710 :POWer Commands Table 114 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:AUTose <analysis> ::= {HARMonics | tup <analysis> (see EFFiciency | RIPPle | MODulation page 776) | QUALity | SLEW | SWITch | RDSVce} :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes <count> ::= integer in NR1 format :HARMonics <count>...
  • Page 711 :POWer Commands Table 114 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim <value> ::= Maximum expected um:INRush um:INRush? (see input Voltage in NR3 format page 787) <value>[suffix] (see [suffix] ::= {V | mV} page 787) :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim <value>...
  • Page 712 :POWer Commands Table 114 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SWITch:CONDuct :POWer:SWITch:CONDuct <conduction> ::= {WAVeform | RDS page 798) ion <conduction> (see ion? (see | VCE} page 798) :POWer:SWITch:IREFere :POWer:SWITch:IREFere <percent> ::= percent in NR1 page 799) nce <percent>...

  • Page 713: Power:clresponse

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse? The :POWer:CLResponse? query returns the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis settings. Return Format <settings_string><NL> For example, the query returns the following string when issued after the *RST command. :POW:CLR:SOUR:INP CHAN1;OUTP CHAN2;:POW:CLR:FREQ:STAR +100E+00; STOP +20.000000E+06;:POW:CLR:WGEN:VOLT +200.0E-03;LOAD FIFT See Also •...

  • Page 714: Power:clresponse:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy The :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy command performs the control loop response (Bode) analysis to help you determine the margin of a control loop. A Bode plot measurement plots gain and/or phase as a function of frequency. You can use the :POWer:CLResponse:TRACe command to specify whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the frequency response analysis results.

  • Page 715: Power:clresponse:data

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA? [SWEep | SINGle] The :POWer:CLResponse:DATA? query returns data from the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis. The comma-separated value format is suitable for spreadsheet analysis. You can use the :POWer:CLResponse:TRACe command to specify whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the frequency response analysis results.

  • Page 716: Power:clresponse:data:gmargin

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin? After the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis has been performed (see :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy), the :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin? query returns the gain margin in dB. Return Format <gain_margin><NL> <gain_margin> ::= gain margin in dB in NR3 format. The query returns +9.9E+37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep (that is, if there are no crossover points).

  • Page 717: Power:clresponse:data:gmargin:frequency

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin:FREQuency (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin:FREQuency? After the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis has been performed (see :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy), the :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin:FREQuency? query returns the 0° phase crossover frequency in Hz. Return Format <frequency><NL> <frequency> ::= 0 degrees phase crossover frequency in Hz in NR3 format The query returns +9.9E+37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep (that is, if there are no crossover points).

  • Page 718: Power:clresponse:data:pmargin

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin? After the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis has been performed (see :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy), the :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin? query returns the phase margin in degrees. Return Format <phase_margin><NL> <phase_margin> ::= phase margin in degrees in NR3 format. The query returns +9.9E+37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep (that is, if there are no crossover points).

  • Page 719: Power:clresponse:data:pmargin:frequency

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin:FREQuency (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin:FREQuency? After the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis has been performed (see :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy), the :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin:FREQuency? query returns the 0 dB gain crossover frequency in Hz. Return Format <frequency><NL> <frequency> ::= 0dB gain crossover frequency in Hz in NR3 format. The query returns +9.9E+37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep (that is, if there are no crossover points).

  • Page 720: Power:clresponse:frequency:mode

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {SWEep | SINGle} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE command specifies whether the analysis should be performed by sweeping through a range of frequencies (SWEep) or at a single frequency (SINGle). The SINGle mode is useful for evaluating amplitudes at a single frequency, for example, near the expected 0 dB cross-over frequency.

  • Page 721: Power:clresponse:frequency:single

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:SINGle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:SINGle <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 2000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:SINGle command sets the single frequency value.

  • Page 722: Power:clresponse:frequency:start

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STARt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STARt <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STARt command sets the frequency sweep start value. The control loop response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the minimum frequency of 20 Hz.

  • Page 723: Power:clresponse:frequency:stop

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STOP (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STOP <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 20000000 [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STOP command sets the frequency sweep stop value. The control loop response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the maximum frequency of 20 MHz.

  • Page 724: Power:clresponse:ppdecade

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade <pts> <pts> ::= {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 90 | 100} The :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade command selects the number of frequency test points per decade (in the log scale). Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade? The :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade? query returns the points per decade setting.

  • Page 725: Power:clresponse:source:input

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply input. Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut? The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 726: Power:clresponse:source:output

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply output. Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut? The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 727: Power:clresponse:trace

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:TRACe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:TRACe <selection> <selection> ::= {NONE | ALL | GAIN | PHASe}[,{GAIN | PHASe}] The :POWer:CLResponse:TRACe command specifies whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the control loop response analysis results.

  • Page 728: Power:clresponse:wgen:load

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:LOAD (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:LOAD <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} The :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:LOAD command sets the waveform generator expected output load impedance. The output impedance of the Gen Out signal is fixed at 50 ohms. However, the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.

  • Page 729: Power:clresponse:wgen:voltage

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage <amplitude>[,<range>] <amplitude> ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} The :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage command sets the waveform generator output amplitude(s).

  • Page 730: Power:clresponse:wgen:voltage:profile

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile command enables or disables the ability to set initial waveform generator ramp amplitudes for each frequency range. With amplitude profiling, you can use lower amplitudes at frequencies where the device under test (DUT) is sensitive to distortion and use higher amplitudes where the DUT is less sensitive to distortion.

  • Page 731: Power:deskew

    :POWer Commands :POWer:DESKew (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:DESKew The :POWer:DESKew command launches the auto deskew process on the oscilloscope. Before sending this command: Demagnetize and zero-adjust the current probe. Refer to the current probe's documentation for instructions on how to do this. Make connections to the U1880A deskew fixture as described in the oscilloscope's connection dialog or in the Power Measurement Application User's Guide.

  • Page 732: Power:efficiency:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy The :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy command applies the efficiency power analysis. Efficiency analysis tests the overall efficiency of the power supply by measuring the output power over the input power. Efficiency analysis requires a 4-channel oscilloscope because input voltage, input current, N OTE output voltage, and output current are measured.

  • Page 733: Power:efficiency:type

    :POWer Commands :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {DCDC | DCAC | ACDC | ACAC} The :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE command specifies the type of power that is being converted from the input to the output. This selection affects how the efficiency is measured.

  • Page 734: Power:enable

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ENABle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:ENABle command enables or disables power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:ENABle? The :POWer:ENABle query returns a 1 or a 0 showing whether power analysis is enabled or disabled, respectively.

  • Page 735: Power:harmonics:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy The :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy command applies the current harmonics analysis. Switching power supplies draw a range of harmonics from the AC mains. Standard limits are set for these harmonics because these harmonics can travel back to the supply grid and cause problems with other devices on the grid.

  • Page 736: Power:harmonics:data

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:DATA (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DATA? The :POWer:HARMonics:DATA query returns the power harmonics results table data. Return Format <binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 735 • ":POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay"...

  • Page 737: Power:harmonics:display

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {TABLe | BAR | OFF} The :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay command specifies how to display the current harmonics analysis results: • TABLe • BAR — Bar chart. • OFF — Harmonics measurement results are not displayed. Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay? The :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay query returns the display setting.

  • Page 738: Power:harmonics:failcount

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount? Returns the current harmonics analysis' fail count. Non Spec values (that is, harmonics values not specified by the selected standard) are not counted. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format See Also •...

  • Page 739: Power:harmonics:line

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:LINE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:LINE <frequency> <frequency> ::= {F50 | F60 | F400 | AUTO} The :POWer:HARMonics:LINE command specifies the line frequency setting for the current harmonics analysis: • F50 — 50 Hz. • F60 — 60 Hz. •...

  • Page 740: Power:harmonics:powerfactor

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor? The :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor query returns the power factor for IEC 61000-3-2 Standard Class C power factor value. Return Format <value> ::= Class C power factor in NR3 format See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 735 •...

  • Page 741: Power:harmonics:rpower

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer <source> <source> ::= {MEASured | USER} When Class D is selected as the current harmonics analysis standard, the :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer command specifies whether the Real Power value used for the current-per-watt measurement is measured by the oscilloscope or is defined by the user.

  • Page 742: Power:harmonics:rpower:user

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer:USER (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer:USER <value> <value> ::= Watts from 1.0 to 600.0 in NR3 format When Class D is selected as the current harmonics analysis standard and you have chosen to use a user-defined Real Power value (see :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer), the :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer:USER command specifies the Real Power value used in the current-per-watt measurement.

  • Page 743: Power:harmonics:runcount

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount? Returns the current harmonics analysis' run iteration count. Non Spec values (that is, harmonics values not specified by the selected standard) are not counted. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format See Also •...

  • Page 744: Power:harmonics:standard

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard <class> <class> ::= {A | B | C | D} The :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard command selects the standard to perform current harmonics compliance testing on. • A — IEC 61000-3-2 Class A — for balanced three-phase equipment, household appliances (except equipment identified as Class D), tools excluding portable tools, dimmers for incandescent lamps, and audio equipment.

  • Page 745: Power:harmonics:status

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:STATus (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:STATus? The :POWer:HARMonics:STATus query returns the overall pass/fail status of the current harmonics analysis. Return Format <status> ::= {PASS | FAIL | UNTested} See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount" on page 743 • ":POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount" on page 738 •...

  • Page 746: Power:harmonics:thd

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:THD (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:THD? The :POWer:HARMonics:THD query returns the Total Harmonics Distortion (THD) results of the current harmonics analysis. Return Format <value> ::= Total Harmonics Distortion in NR3 format See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 735 •...

  • Page 747: Power:inrush:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:APPLy The :POWer:INRush:APPLy command applies the inrush current analysis. The Inrush current analysis measures the peak inrush current of the power supply when the power supply is first turned on. See Also •...

  • Page 748: Power:inrush:exit

    :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:EXIT (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:EXIT The :POWer:INRush:EXIT command exits (stops) the inrush current power analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also • ":POWer:INRush:APPLy" on page 747 •...

  • Page 749: Power:inrush:next

    :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:NEXT (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:NEXT The :POWer:INRush:NEXT command goes to the next step of the inrush current analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 750: Power:itype

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ITYPe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:ITYPe <type> <type> ::= {DC | AC} The :POWer:ITYPe command specifies the type of power that is being converted from the input (DC or AC). Your selection affects how the measurements are made. This setting is used in the Inrush Current and Turn On/Turn Off tests.

  • Page 751: Power:modulation:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:APPLy The :POWer:MODulation:APPLy command applies the selected modulation analysis type (:POWer:MODulation:TYPE). The Modulation analysis measures the control pulse signal to a switching device (MOSFET) and observes the trending of the pulse width, duty cycle, period, frequency, etc.

  • Page 752: Power:modulation:source

    :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {V | I} The :POWer:MODulation:SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the modulation analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:MODulation:SOURce? The :POWer:MODulation:SOURce query returns the selected source for the modulation analysis.

  • Page 753: Power:modulation:type

    :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:TYPE <modulation> <modulation> ::= {VAVerage | ACRMs | VRATio | PERiod | FREQuency | PWIDith | NWIDth | DUTYcycle | RISetime | FALLtime} The :POWer:MODulation:TYPE command selects the type of measurement to make in the modulation analysis: •...

  • Page 754: Power:onoff:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy The :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy command applies the selected turn on/off analysis test (:POWer:ONOFf:TEST). See Also • ":POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF" on page 790 • ":POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON" on page 791 • ":POWer:ITYPe" on page 750 • ":POWer:ONOFf:THResholds" on page 758 •...

  • Page 755: Power:onoff:exit

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT The :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT command exits (stops) the turn on time/turn off time analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 756: Power:onoff:next

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT The :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT command goes to the next step of the turn on/turn off analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 757: Power:onoff:test

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:TEST (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:TEST {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:ONOFf:TEST command selects whether turn on or turn off analysis is performed: • ON — Turn On — measures the time taken to get the output voltage of the power supply after the input voltage is applied.

  • Page 758: Power:onoff:thresholds

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds <type>,<input_thr>,<output_thr> <type> ::= {ON | OFF} <input_thr> ::= percent from 0-100 in NR1 format <output_thr> ::= percent from 0-100 in NR1 format The :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds command specifies the input and output thresholds used in the Turn On/Turn Off analysis. Turn On analysis determines how fast a turned on power supply takes to reach some percent of its steady state output.
  • Page 759 :POWer Commands • ":MEASure:ONTime" on page 655 • ":MEASure:OFFTime" on page 654 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 760: Power:psrr

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR? The :POWer:PSRR? query returns the Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR) power analysis settings. Return Format <settings_string><NL> For example, the query returns the following string when issued after the *RST command. :POW:PSRR:SOUR:INP CHAN1;OUTP CHAN2;:POW:PSRR:FREQ:STAR +100E+00; STOP +20.000000E+06;:POW:PSRR:WGEN:VOLT +200.0E-03;LOAD FIFT See Also •...

  • Page 761: Power:psrr:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:APPLy The :POWer:PSRR:APPLy command applies the power supply rejection ratio (PSRR) analysis. The Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR) test is used to determine how well a voltage regulator rejects ripple noise over different frequency range. This analysis provides a signal from the oscilloscope's waveform generator that sweeps its frequency.

  • Page 762: Power:psrr:data

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:DATA (see page 1610) Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR:DATA? [SWEep | SINGle] The :POWer:PSRR:DATA? query returns data from the Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR) power analysis. The comma-separated value format is suitable for spreadsheet analysis. You can use the :POWer:PSRR:TRACe command to specify whether to include gain data in the PSRR analysis results.

  • Page 763: Power:psrr:frequency:maximum

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 20000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum command sets the end sweep frequency value.

  • Page 764: Power:psrr:frequency:minimum

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum command sets the start sweep frequency value.

  • Page 765: Power:psrr:frequency:mode

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MODE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {SWEep | SINGle} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MODE command specifies whether the analysis should be performed by sweeping through a range of frequencies (SWEep) or at a single frequency (SINGle). The SINGle mode is useful for evaluating amplitudes at a single frequency. After running the test at a single frequency, you can manually adjust (increase) the waveform generator's amplitude until you begin to observe distortion in the waveforms on the oscilloscope's display.

  • Page 766: Power:psrr:frequency:single

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:SINGle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:SINGle <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 2000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:SINGle command sets the single frequency value. The measurement is displayed on a log scale, so you can select from decade values.

  • Page 767: Power:psrr:ppdecade

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade <pts> <pts> ::= {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 90 | 100} The :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade command selects the number of frequency test points per decade (in the log scale).

  • Page 768: Power:psrr:source:input

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply input. Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut? The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 769: Power:psrr:source:output

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply output. Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut? The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 770: Power:psrr:trace

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:TRACe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:TRACe <selection> <selection> ::= {NONE | GAIN} The :POWer:PSRR:TRACe command specifies whether to include gain (PSRR) data in the power supply rejection ratio analysis results. This command affects the oscilloscope's front panel graphical user interface (plot and table) N OTE as well as when saving analysis data.

  • Page 771: Power:psrr:wgen:load

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} The :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD command sets the waveform generator expected output load impedance. The output impedance of the Gen Out signal is fixed at 50 ohms. However, the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.

  • Page 772: Power:psrr:wgen:voltage

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage <amplitude>[,<range>] <amplitude> ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} The :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage command sets the waveform generator output amplitude(s).

  • Page 773: Power:psrr:wgen:voltage:profile

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile command enables or disables the ability to set initial waveform generator ramp amplitudes for each frequency range. With amplitude profiling, you can use lower amplitudes at frequencies where the device under test (DUT) is sensitive to distortion and use higher amplitudes where the DUT is less sensitive to distortion.

  • Page 774: Power:quality:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:QUALity:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:QUALity:APPLy The :POWer:QUALity:APPLy command applies the selected power quality analysis type (:POWer:QUALity:TYPE). The power quality analysis shows the quality of the AC input line. Some AC current may flow back into and back out of the load without delivering energy.

  • Page 775: Power:ripple:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy The :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy command applies the output ripple analysis. See Also • ":MEASure:RIPPle" on page 662 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 776: Power:signals:autosetup

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup <analysis> <analysis> ::= {HARMonics | EFFiciency | RIPPle | MODulation | QUALity | SLEW | SWITch | RDSVce} The :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup command performs automated oscilloscope setup for the signals in the specified type of power analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 777: Power:signals:cycles:harmonics

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100. The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics command specifies the number of cycles to include in the current harmonics analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics? The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics query returns the number of cycles currently set.

  • Page 778: Power:signals:cycles:quality

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100. The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity command specifies the number of cycles to include in the power quality analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity? The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity query returns the number of cycles currently set.

  • Page 779: Power:signals:duration:efficiency

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency command specifies the duration of the efficiency analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 780: Power:signals:duration:modulation

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation command specifies the duration of the modulation analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 781: Power:signals:duration:onoff:off

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the duration of the turn off analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 782: Power:signals:duration:onoff:on

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON command specifies the duration of the turn on analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 783: Power:signals:duration:ripple

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle command specifies the duration of the output ripple analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle query returns the set duration time value. Return Format <value><NL>...

  • Page 784: Power:signals:duration:transient

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient command specifies the duration of the transient response analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 785: Power:signals:iexpected

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected command specifies the expected inrush current amplitude. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing current.

  • Page 786: Power:signals:overshoot

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot <percent> <percent> ::= percent of overshoot value in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot command specifies the percent of overshoot of the output voltage. This value is used to determine the settling band value for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope.

  • Page 787: Power:signals:vmaximum:inrush

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for inrush current analysis.

  • Page 788: Power:signals:vmaximum:onoff:off

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for turn off analysis.

  • Page 789: Power:signals:vmaximum:onoff:on

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for turn on analysis.

  • Page 790: Power:signals:vsteady:onoff:off

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for turn off analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF? The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF query returns the expected steady state...

  • Page 791: Power:signals:vsteady:onoff:on

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for turn on analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON? The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON query returns the expected steady state...

  • Page 792: Power:signals:vsteady:transient

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for transient response analysis. This value is used along with the overshoot percentage to specify the settling band for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope.

  • Page 793: Power:signals:source:current

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> <source> <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> command specifies the first, and perhaps second, current source channel to be used in the power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i>? The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i>...

  • Page 794: Power:signals:source:voltage

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> <source> <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> command specifies the first, and perhaps second, voltage source channel to be used in the power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>? The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 795: Power:slew:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SLEW:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SLEW:APPLy The :POWer:SLEW:APPLy command applies the slew rate analysis. See Also • ":POWer:SLEW:SOURce" on page 796 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 796: Power:slew:source

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SLEW:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SLEW:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {V | I} The :POWer:SLEW:SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the slew rate analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SLEW:SOURce? The :POWer:SLEW:SOURce query returns the selected source for the slew rate analysis.

  • Page 797: Power:switch:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:APPLy The :POWer:SWITch:APPLy command applies the switching loss analysis using the conduction calculation method, V reference, and I reference settings. See Also • ":POWer:SWITch:CONDuction" on page 798 • ":POWer:SWITch:IREFerence" on page 799 •...

  • Page 798: Power:switch:conduction

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction <conduction> <conduction> ::= {WAVeform | RDS | VCE} The :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction command specifies the conduction calculation method: • WAVeform — The Power waveform uses the original voltage waveform data, and the calculation is: P = V x I •...

  • Page 799: Power:switch:ireference

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence <percent> <percent> ::= percent in NR1 format The :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence command to specify the current switching level for the start of switching edges. The value is in percentage of the maximum switch current.

  • Page 800: Power:switch:rds

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:RDS (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:RDS <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Rds(on) value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {OHM | mOHM} The :POWer:SWITch:RDS command specifies the Rds(on) value when the RDS conduction calculation method is chosen (by :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction). Query Syntax :POWer:SWITch:RDS? The :POWer:SWITch:RDS query returns the Rds(on) value.

  • Page 801: Power:switch:vce

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:VCE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VCE <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Vce(sat) value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SWITch:VCE command specifies the Vce(sat) value when the VCE conduction calculation method is chosen (by :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction). Query Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VCE? The :POWer:SWITch:VCE query returns the Vce(sat) value.

  • Page 802: Power:switch:vreference

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence <percent> <percent> ::= percent in NR1 format The :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence command to specify the voltage switching level for the switching edges. The value is in percentage of the maximum switch voltage. You can adjust this value to ignore noise floors. This value specifies the threshold that is used to determine the switching edges.

  • Page 803: Power:transient:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy The :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy command applies the transient analysis using the initial current and new current settings. See Also • ":POWer:TRANsient:EXIT" on page 804 • ":POWer:TRANsient:IINitial" on page 805 • ":POWer:TRANsient:INEW" on page 806 •...

  • Page 804: Power:transient:exit

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT The :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT command exits (stops) the transient analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also • ":POWer:TRANsient:APPLy" on page 803 •...

  • Page 805: Power:transient:iinitial

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Initial current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial command to specify the initial load current value. The initial load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope. Query Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial? The :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial query returns the initial load current value.

  • Page 806: Power:transient:inew

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:INEW (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:INEW <value>[suffix] <value> ::= New current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:TRANsient:INEW command to specify the new load current value. The new load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope. Query Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:INEW? The :POWer:TRANsient:INEW query returns the new load current value.

  • Page 807: Power:transient:next

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT (see page 1610) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT The :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT command goes to the next step of the transient analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...
  • Page 808 :POWer Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 809 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 29 :RECall Commands Recall previously saved oscilloscope setups, reference waveforms, and masks. Table 115 :RECall Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:ARBitrary:[ST <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> ARt] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <column>][, <column> ::= Column in CSV file <wavegen_id>] (see to load.
  • Page 810 :RECall Commands Table 115 :RECall Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:MASK[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 816) <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string :RECall:PWD :RECall:PWD? (see <path_name>...
  • Page 811 :RECall Commands ' To recall a setup file from a connected USB storage device: myScope.WriteString ":RECall:SETup:STARt ""\usb\my_setup_file.scp""" Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 812: Recall:arbitrary[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:ARBitrary[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :RECall:ARBitrary:[STARt] [<file_spec>][, <column>][, <wavegen_id>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <column> ::= Column in CSV file to load. Column number starts from 1. <wavegen_id> ::= {WGEN1 | WGEN2} - specifies which wavegen <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name>...

  • Page 813: Recall:dbc[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:DBC[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :RECall:DBC[:STARt] [<file_name>] [, <serialbus>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <serialbus> ::= {SBUS<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of serial bus) in NR1 format The :RECall:DBC[:STARt] command loads a CAN DBC (communication database) symbolic data file into the oscilloscope.

  • Page 814: Recall:filename

    :RECall Commands :RECall:FILename (see page 1610) Command Syntax :RECall:FILename <base_name> <base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:FILename command specifies the source for any RECall operations. This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension. N OTE Query Syntax :RECall:FILename? The :RECall:FILename? query returns the current RECall filename.

  • Page 815: Recall:ldf[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:LDF[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :RECall:LDF[:STARt] [<file_name>] [, <serialbus>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <serialbus> ::= {SBUS<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of serial bus) in NR1 format The :RECall:LDF[:STARt] command loads a LIN description file (LDF) symbolic data file into the oscilloscope.

  • Page 816: Recall:mask[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:MASK[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :RECall:MASK[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:MASK[:STARt] command recalls a mask. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".msk". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 817: Recall:pwd

    :RECall Commands :RECall:PWD (see page 1610) Command Syntax :RECall:PWD <path_name> <path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:PWD command sets the present working directory for recall operations. Presently, the internal "/User Files" directory you see in the oscilloscope's front panel user N OTE interface is the "\Agilent Flash"...

  • Page 818: Recall:setup[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:SETup[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :RECall:SETup[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:SETup[:STARt] command recalls an oscilloscope setup. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".scp". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 819: Recall:wmemory[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] [<file_name> | <data>] <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <data> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format The :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] command recalls a reference waveform. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5".
  • Page 820 :RECall Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 821 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 30 :SAVE Commands Save oscilloscope setups, screen images, and data. See "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 824. Table 116 :SAVE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STAR <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> t] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <wavegen_id>] (see...
  • Page 822 :SAVE Commands Table 116 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} page 832) <palette> (see (see page 832) :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII [<file_name>] (see string page 833) :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page...
  • Page 823 :SAVE Commands Table 116 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: {0 | 1} SEGMented {{0 | OFF} SEGMented? (see page 843) | {1 | ON}} (see page 843) :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 844)
  • Page 824 :SAVE Commands Table 116 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 850) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 850) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 825: Save:arbitrary[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:ARBitrary[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STARt] [<file_spec>][, <wavegen_id>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <wavegen_id> ::= {WGEN1 | WGEN2} The :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STARt] command saves the current arbitrary waveform to an internal location or a file on a USB storage device.

  • Page 826: Save:compliance:usb[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:COMPliance:USB[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:COMPliance:USB[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:COMPliance:USB[:STARt] command saves USB 2.0 signal quality test results to a file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".html". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 827: Save:filename

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:FILename (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:FILename <base_name> <base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:FILename command specifies the source for any SAVE operations. This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension. N OTE Query Syntax :SAVE:FILename? The :SAVE:FILename? query returns the current SAVE filename.

  • Page 828: Save:image[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] command saves an image. Be sure to set the :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat before saving an image. If the format is NONE, the N OTE save image command will not succeed. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, and it does not match the N OTE extension expected by the format specified in :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat, the format will be...

  • Page 829: Save:image:factors

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors <factors> <factors> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors command controls whether the oscilloscope factors are output along with the image. Factors are written to a separate file with the same path and base name but with the ".txt" N OTE extension.

  • Page 830: Save:image:format

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {{BMP | BMP24bit} | BMP8bit | PNG} The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat command sets the image format type. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? query returns the selected image format type. Return Format <format><NL>...

  • Page 831: Save:image:inksaver

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not.

  • Page 832: Save:image:palette

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette <palette> <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette command sets the image palette color. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? query returns the selected image palette color. Return Format <palette><NL> <palette> ::= {COL | GRAY} See Also •...

  • Page 833: Save:lister[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] command saves the Lister display data to a file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".csv". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 834: Save:mask[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] command saves a mask. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".msk". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 835: Save:multi[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] command saves multi-channel waveform data to a file. This file can be opened by the N8900A Infiniium Offline oscilloscope analysis software. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 836: Save:power[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] command saves the power measurement application's current harmonics analysis results to a file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".csv". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 837: Save:pwd

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:PWD (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:PWD <path_name> <path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:PWD command sets the present working directory for save operations. Presently, the internal "/User Files" directory you see in the oscilloscope's front panel user N OTE interface is the "\Agilent Flash"...

  • Page 838: Save:results:[Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command saves analysis results to a comma-separated values (*.csv) file on a USB storage device. Use the :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands to specify the analysis types whose results are saved to the file.

  • Page 839: Save:results:format:cursor

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor command specifies whether cursor values will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 840: Save:results:format:mask

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK command specifies whether mask statistics will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 841: Save:results:format:measurement

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement command specifies whether measurement results will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 842: Save:results:format:search

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch command specifies whether found search event times will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 843: Save:results:format:segmented

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented command specifies whether segmented memory acquisition times will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 844: Save[:Setup[:Start]]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] command saves an oscilloscope setup. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".scp". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 845: Save:waveform[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a file. Be sure to set the :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat before saving waveform data. If the format is N OTE NONE, the save waveform command will not succeed.

  • Page 846: Save:waveform:format

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {ASCiixy | CSV | BINary} The :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat command sets the waveform data format type: • ASCiixy — creates comma-separated value files for each analog channel that is displayed (turned on). The proper file extension for this format is ".csv". •...

  • Page 847: Save:waveform:length

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth <length> <length> ::= 100 to max. length; an integer in NR1 format When the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX setting is OFF, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command sets the waveform data length (that is, the number of points saved). When the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX setting is ON, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth setting has no effect.

  • Page 848: Save:waveform:length:max

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX command specifies whether maximum number of waveform data points is saved. When OFF, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command specifies the number of waveform data points saved.

  • Page 849: Save:waveform:segmented

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented <option> <option> ::= {ALL | CURRent} When segmented memory is used for acquisitions, the :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented command specifies which segments are included when the waveform is saved: • ALL — all acquired segments are saved. •...

  • Page 850: Save:wmemory:source

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce command selects the source to be saved as a reference waveform file.

  • Page 851: Save:wmemory[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a reference waveform file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5". N OTE See Also •...
  • Page 852 :SAVE Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 853 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 31 :SBUS<n> Commands Control the modes and parameters for each serial bus decode/trigger type. See: • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 853 • "General :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 855 • ":SBUS<n>:A429 Commands" on page 858 •...
  • Page 854 :SBUS<n> Commands • CAN (Controller Area Network) triggering— will trigger on CAN version 2.0A and 2.0B signals. Setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to a CAN signal. Baud rate, signal source, and signal polarity, and type of data to trigger on can be specified.

  • Page 855: General :Sbus Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands General :SBUS<n> Commands Table 117 General :SBUS<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:DISPlay {{0 :SBUS<n>:DISPlay? {0 | 1} page 856) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 856) (see :SBUS<n>:MODE <mode> :SBUS<n>:MODE? (see <mode> ::= {A429 | CAN | CXPI | page 857) page...

  • Page 856: Sbus:Display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS<n>:DISPlay command turns displaying of the serial decode bus on or off. This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed. N OTE Two I2S buses or two SPI buses cannot be decoded on both SBUS1 and SBUS2 at the same N OTE...

  • Page 857: Sbus:Mode

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MODE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {A429 | FLEXray | CAN | CXPI | I2S | IIC | LIN | M1553 | MANChester | NRZ | SENT | SPI | UART | USB | USBPd} The :SBUS<n>:MODE command determines the decode mode for the serial bus.

  • Page 858: Sbus:A429 Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands These commands are valid when the MIL-STD-1553 and ARINC 429 triggering and serial N OTE decode license has been enabled. Table 118 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:AUToset page 860) up (see :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE? <base>...
  • Page 859 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 118 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger <value> ::= 8-bit integer in page 870) :LABel <value> (see :LABel? (see decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or page 870) <string> from 0-255 or "0xXX" (don't care) <hex>...

  • Page 860: Sbus:A429:Autosetup

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup command automatically sets these options for decoding and triggering on ARINC 429 signals: • High Trigger Threshold: 3.0 V. • Low Trigger Threshold: -3.0 V. • Noise Reject: Off. •...

  • Page 861: Sbus:A429:Base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE command selects between hexadecimal and binary display of the decoded data. The BASE command has no effect on the SDI and SSM fields, which are always displayed in binary, nor the Label field, which is always displayed in octal.

  • Page 862: Sbus:A429:Baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:BAUDrate (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 1000000 When a user-defined baud rate is selected (with the ":SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed USER" command), the :SBUS<n>:A429:BAUDrate command specifies the user-defined baud rate. The baud rate can be set in 100 b/s increments between 10000 and 100000 and in 1000 b/s ingrements between 100000 and 1000000.

  • Page 863: Sbus:A429:Count:error

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the error count. Return Format <error_count><NL> <error_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet" on page 864 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD" on page 865 •...

  • Page 864: Sbus:A429:Count:reset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet Resets the word and error counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD" on page 865 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor" on page 863 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 853 •...

  • Page 865: Sbus:A429:Count:word

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD? Returns the word count. Return Format <word_count><NL> <word_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet" on page 864 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor" on page 863 •...

  • Page 866: Sbus:A429:Format

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {LDSDi | LDSSm | LDATa} The :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat command specifies the word decode format: • LDSDi: • Label - 8 bits. • SDI - 2 bits. • Data - 19 bits. •...

  • Page 867: Sbus:A429:Signal

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal <signal> <signal> ::= {A | B | DIFFerential} The :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal command specifies the signal type: • A — Line A (non-inverted). • B — Line B (inverted). • DIFFerential — Differential (A-B). Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal? query returns the current ARINC 429 signal type...

  • Page 868: Sbus:A429:Source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce command sets the source of the ARINC 429 signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce? query returns the currently set source of the ARINC 429 signal.

  • Page 869: Sbus:A429:Speed

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed <speed> <speed> ::= {LOW | HIGH | USER} The :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed command specifies the signal speed: • LOW — 12.5 kb/s. • HIGH — 100 kb/s. • USER — lets you specify a user-defined baud rate using the :SBUS<n>:A429:BAUDrate command.

  • Page 870: Sbus:A429:Trigger:label

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:LABel (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:LABel <value> <value> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 or "0xXX" (don't care) <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal> ::= #Qnnn where n ::= {0,..,7} <string>...

  • Page 871: Sbus:A429:Trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length depends on FORMat The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command defines the ARINC 429 data pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the data pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 872: Sbus:A429:Trigger:pattern:sdi

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length always 2 bits The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SDI pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SDI pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 873: Sbus:A429:Trigger:pattern:ssm

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length always 2 bits The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SSM pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SSM pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 874: Sbus:A429:Trigger:range

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:RANGe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:RANGe <min>,<max> <min> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 <max> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal>...

  • Page 875: Sbus:A429:Trigger:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:TYPE <condition> <condition> ::= {WSTArt | WSTOp | LABel | LBITs | PERRor | WERRor | GERRor | WGERrors | ALLerrors | LRANge | ABITs | AOBits | AZBits} The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger command sets the ARINC 429 trigger on condition: •...
  • Page 876 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce" on page 868 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 877: Sbus:Can Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands These commands are valid when the CAN and LIN serial decode license has been enabled. N OTE Table 119 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ER <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 880) Ror? (see format :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OV...
  • Page 878 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 119 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 893) <source> (see (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 893) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> |} for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 879 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 119 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <name> ::= quoted ASCII string SYMBolic:MESSage SYMBolic:MESSage? page 904) page 904) <name> (see (see :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <name> ::= quoted ASCII string SYMBolic:SIGNal SYMBolic:SIGNal? (see page 905) page...

  • Page 880: Sbus:Can:count:error

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the error frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 882 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 853 •...

  • Page 881: Sbus:Can:count:overload

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload? Returns the overload frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= 0 in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 882 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 853 •...

  • Page 882: Sbus:Can:count:reset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet Resets the frame counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor" on page 880 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload" on page 881 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal" on page 884 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization" on page 885 •...

  • Page 883: Sbus:Can:count:spec

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SPEC (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SPEC? Returns the Spec error (Ack + Form + Stuff + CRC errors) count. Return Format <spec_error_count><NL> <spec_error_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also •...

  • Page 884: Sbus:Can:count:total

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal? Returns the total frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 882 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 853 •...

  • Page 885: Sbus:Can:count:utilization

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization? Returns the percent utilization. Return Format <percent><NL> <percent> ::= floating-point in NR3 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 882 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 853 •...

  • Page 886: Sbus:Can:display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay <type> <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | SYMBolic} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay command specifies, when CAN symbolic data is loaded into the oscilloscope, whether symbolic values (from the DBC file) or hexadecimal values are displayed in the decode waveform and the Lister window. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay? query returns the CAN decode display type.

  • Page 887: Sbus:Can:fdspoint

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint <value> <value> ::= even numbered percentages from 30 to 90 in NR3 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive. The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time.

  • Page 888: Sbus:Can:fdstandard

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard <std> <std> ::= {ISO | NISO} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard command lets you pick the standard that will be used when decoding or triggering on FD frames, ISO, or non-ISO. This setting has no effect on the processing of non-FD (classical) frames. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard? query returns the selected CAN FD frame...

  • Page 889: Sbus:Can:samplepoint

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint <percent> <percent><NL> <percent> ::= 30.0 to 90.0 in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive.

  • Page 890: Sbus:Can:signal:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 4000000 in 100 b/s increments, or 5000000 The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate of the CAN signal from 10 kb/s to 4 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.

  • Page 891: Sbus:Can:signal:definition

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition <value> <value> ::= {CANH | CANL | RX | TX | DIFFerential | DIFL | DIFH} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition command sets the CAN signal type when :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger is set to SOF (start of frame). These signals can be set to: Dominant high signals: •...

  • Page 892: Sbus:Can:signal:fdbaudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 10000000 in 100 b/s increments. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate command sets the CAN FD baud rate from 10 kb/s to 10 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.

  • Page 893: Sbus:Can:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce command sets the source for the CAN signal.

  • Page 894: Sbus:Can:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {SOF | EOF | IDData | DATA | FDData | IDRemote | IDEither | ERRor | ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | SPECerror | ALLerrors | BRSBit | CRCDbit | EBActive | EBPassive | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal | FDMSignal} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger command sets the CAN trigger on condition: Condition...
  • Page 895 :SBUS<n> Commands Condition Front-panel name Description Filter by CRCerror CRC Field Error Triggers when the calculated CRC does not match the transmitted CRC. In addition, for FD frames, will also trigger if the Stuff Count is in error. SPECerror Spec Error (Ack or Form Triggers on Ack, Form, Stuff, or CRC errors.
  • Page 896 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 857 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 898 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 900 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID" on page 902 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE" on page 903 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter" on page 897 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 891 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce" on page 893 •...

  • Page 897: Sbus:Can:trigger:idfilter

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter command specifies, in certain error and bit trigger modes, whether triggers are filtered by CAN IDs. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter? query returns the CAN trigger ID filter setting.

  • Page 898: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command defines the CAN data pattern resource according to the string parameter.

  • Page 899: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data:dlc

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC <dlc> <dlc> ::= integer between -1 (don't care) and 64, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC command specifies the DLC value to be used in the CAN FD data trigger mode. A specific valid FD value can be specified, or -1 can be specified to indicate "don't care".

  • Page 900: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the number of 8-bit bytes in the CAN data string. The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits).

  • Page 901: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data:start

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt <start> <start> ::= integer between 0 and 63, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt command specifies the starting byte position for CAN FD data triggers. CAN FD frames can have up to 64 bytes of data. You can trigger on up to 8 bytes of data.

  • Page 902: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command defines the CAN identifier pattern resource according to the string parameter.

  • Page 903: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:id:mode

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE <value> <value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE command sets the CAN identifier mode. STANdard selects the standard 11-bit identifier. EXTended selects the extended 29-bit identifier. The CAN identifier is set by the :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command.

  • Page 904: Sbus:Can:trigger:symbolic:message

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage command specifies the message to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MESSage or MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage? query returns the specified...

  • Page 905: Sbus:Can:trigger:symbolic:signal

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal command specifies the signal to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? query returns the specified signal.

  • Page 906: Sbus:Can:trigger:symbolic:value

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue <data> <data> ::= value in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue command specifies the signal value to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MSIGnal. Encoded signal values are not supported in the remote interface (even though they can be N OTE used in the front panel graphical interface).

  • Page 907: Sbus:Cxpi Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands These commands are valid when the CXPI (Clock Extension Peripheral Interface) serial decode N OTE and triggering option has been licensed. Table 120 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrat :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrat <baudrate> ::= integer from 9600 page 909) e <baudrate>...
  • Page 908 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 120 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <start> ::= integer between 0 and :PATTern:DATA:STARt :PATTern:DATA:STARt? 124, in NR1 format. page 919) page 919) <start> (see (see :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= :PATTern:ID <string>...

  • Page 909: Sbus:Cxpi:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrate (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 9600 to 40000 in 100 b/s increments. The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate of the CXPI signal from your device under test. The CXPI baud rate can be set from 9600 b/s to 40000 b/s in 100 b/s increments. You must set the baud rate to match your device under test.

  • Page 910: Sbus:Cxpi:parity

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:PARity (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:PARity {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:PARity command specifies whether the parity bit should be displayed in the identifier field. When OFF, the upper bit is masked. The parity is still checked, but it is not displayed unless a parity error occurs.

  • Page 911: Sbus:Cxpi:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce command selects the oscilloscope channel connected to the CXPI signal line. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce? query returns the selected oscilloscope channel source.

  • Page 912: Sbus:Cxpi:tolerance

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance <percent> <percent> ::= from 1-30, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance command specifies the tolerance as a percentage of the Tbit width. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance? query returns the tolerance setting. Return Format <percent><NL>...

  • Page 913: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <mode> <mode> ::= {SOF | EOF | PTYPe | ID | DATA | LDATa | CRCerror | PARityerror | IBSerror | IFSerror | FRAMingerror | DLENgtherror | SAMPleerror | ALLerrors | SLEepframe | WAKeuppulse} The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger command selects the CXPI trigger type: •...
  • Page 914 :SBUS<n> Commands • DLENgtherror — (Data Length Error) triggers when there are more data bytes in a frame than is indicated by the DLC or Extended DLC field. You can optionally filter by Frame ID and PTYPE as in the Frame ID trigger. •...

  • Page 915: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:idfilter

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} When triggering on CRC Field Errors, Inter-Byte Space Errors, Framing Errors, or Data Length Errors, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter command lets you enable/disable modification of the trigger so that it occurs only for a specified ID. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter? query returns the ID filter setting.

  • Page 916: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:ptype

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe command specifies whether you want to trigger when the special PTYPE byte is present (ON) or not present (OFF). Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe? query returns the PTYPE trigger setting.

  • Page 917: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command lets you specify the data value.

  • Page 918: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:data:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer between 0 and 12, in NR1 format. For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command specifies the length of the data to trigger on, from 0 to 12 bytes, limited by the data length code (DLC) setting of the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:DLC command.

  • Page 919: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:data:start

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt <start> <start> ::= integer between 0 and 124, in NR1 format. When triggering on long frames (with the LDATa trigger type) that can have up to 255 data bytes, the maximum number of data bytes you can include in the trigger specification is still only 12 bytes.

  • Page 920: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:ID (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:ID <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} For the trigger types that let you specify frame ID values in the trigger or allow filtering by the frame ID, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command lets you specify the frame ID value.

  • Page 921: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:info:ct

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:CT (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:CT <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} The command ... For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, as well as frame ID and frame information bits, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:CT command lets you specify the Count (CT) value of the CXPI frame you wish to trigger on.

  • Page 922: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:info:dlc

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:DLC (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:DLC <dlc> <dlc> ::= integer between -1 (don't care) and 15, in NR1 format, when trigger is in DATA mode. <dlc> ::= integer between -1 (don't care) and 255, in NR1 format, when trigger is in LDATa mode.

  • Page 923: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:info:nm

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, as well as frame ID and frame information bits, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM command lets you specify the Network Management (NM) value of the CXPI frame you wish to trigger on.

  • Page 924: Sbus:Flexray Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands These commands are only valid when the FLEXray triggering and serial decode option has N OTE been licensed. Table 121 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTo page 926) setup (see :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD <baudrate>...
  • Page 925 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 121 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <event> ::= {WAKeup | TSS | {FES ger:EVENt:TYPE ger:EVENt:TYPE? (see | DTS} | BSS} page 938) page 938) <event> (see :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <cycle_count_base> ::= integer ger:FRAMe:CCBase ger:FRAMe:CCBase? from 0-63...

  • Page 926: Sbus:Flexray:autosetup

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTosetup (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTosetup command automatically configures oscilloscope settings to facilitate FlexRay triggering and serial decode. • Sets the selected source channel's impedance to 50 Ohms. • Sets the selected source channel's probe attenuation to 10:1. •...

  • Page 927: Sbus:Flexray:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= {2500000 | 5000000 | 10000000} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate as 2.5 Mb/s, 5 Mb/s, or 10 Mb/s. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate? query returns the current baud rate setting. Return Format <baudrate><NL>...

  • Page 928: Sbus:Flexray:channel

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel <channel> <channel> ::= {A | B} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel command specifies the bus channel, A or B, of the FlexRay signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel? query returns the current bus channel setting. Return Format <channel><NL>...

  • Page 929: Sbus:Flexray:count:null

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:NULL (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:NULL? Returns the FlexRay null frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet" on page 930 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal"...

  • Page 930: Sbus:Flexray:count:reset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet Resets the FlexRay frame counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:NULL" on page 929 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal" on page 932 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:SYNC" on page 931 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...

  • Page 931: Sbus:Flexray:count:sync

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:SYNC (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:SYNC? Returns the FlexRay sync frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet" on page 930 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal"...

  • Page 932: Sbus:Flexray:count:total

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal (see page 1610) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal? Returns the FlexRay total frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1551 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet" on page 930 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal"...

  • Page 933: Sbus:Flexray:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce command specifies the input source for the FlexRay signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce? query returns the current source for the FlexRay signal.

  • Page 934: Sbus:Flexray:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {FRAMe | ERRor | EVENt} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:TRIGger command sets the FLEXray trigger on condition: • FRAMe — triggers on specified frames (without errors). • ERRor — triggers on selected active error frames and unknown bus conditions. •...

  • Page 935: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:error:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:ERRor:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:ERRor:TYPE <error_type> <error_type> ::= {ALL | HCRC | FCRC} Selects the FlexRay error type to trigger on. The error type setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to ERRor. •...

  • Page 936: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:event:autoset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset command automatically configures oscilloscope settings (as shown on the display) for the selected event trigger. See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1295 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE" on page 938 •...

  • Page 937: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:event:bss:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID <frame_id> <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 The :SBUS<N>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID command sets the frame ID used by the Byte Start Sequence (BSS) event trigger. This setting is only valid if the trigger mode is EVENt and the EVENt:TYPE is BSS.

  • Page 938: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:event:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE <event> <event> ::= {WAKeup | TSS | {FES | DTS} | BSS} Selects the FlexRay event to trigger on. The event setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to EVENt. •...

  • Page 939: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:frame:ccbase

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase <cycle_count_base> <cycle_count_base> ::= integer from 0-63 The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase command sets the base of the FlexRay cycle count (in the frame header) to trigger on. The cycle count base setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase? query returns the current cycle...

  • Page 940: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:frame:ccrepetition

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCRepetition (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCRepetition <cycle_count_repetition> <cycle_count_repetition> ::= {ALL | <rep #>} <rep #> ::= integer values 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or 64 The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCRepetition command sets the repetition number of the FlexRay cycle count (in the frame header) to trigger on. The cycle count repetition setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME.

  • Page 941: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:frame:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:ID (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:ID <frame_id> <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:ID command sets the FlexRay frame ID to trigger on. The frame ID setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAMe.

  • Page 942: Sbus:Flexray:trigger:frame:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:TYPE <frame_type> <frame_type> ::= {NORMal | STARtup | NULL | SYNC | NSTArtup | NNULl | NSYNc | ALL} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:TYPE command sets the FlexRay frame type to trigger on. The frame type setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME.

  • Page 943: Sbus:I2S Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands These commands are only valid when the I2S serial decode option has been licensed. N OTE Table 122 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen <setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ} page 946) t <setting>...
  • Page 944 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 122 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:W :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:W <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 952) SELect <source> (see SELect? (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 952) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> } for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 945 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 122 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth? <word_size> ::= 4-32 in NR1 page 960) <word_size> (see (see format page 960) :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow? <low_def> ::= {LEFT | RIGHt} page 961) <low_def> (see (see page 961)

  • Page 946: Sbus:I2S:alignment

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment <setting> <setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment command selects the data alignment of the I2S bus for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode: • I2S — standard. •...

  • Page 947: Sbus:I2S:base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE <base> <base> ::= {DECimal | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE command determines the base to use for the I2S decode display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE? query returns the current I2S display decode base. Return Format <base><NL>...

  • Page 948: Sbus:I2S:clock:slope

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe command specifies which edge of the I2S serial clock signal clocks in data. • NEGative — Falling edge. • POSitive — Rising edge. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe? query returns the current I2S clock slope...

  • Page 949: Sbus:I2S:rwidth

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth <receiver> <receiver> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth command sets the width of the receiver (decoded) data word in I2S anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth? query returns the currently set I2S receiver data word width.

  • Page 950: Sbus:I2S:source:clock

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk controls which signal is used as the serial clock (SCLK) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode.

  • Page 951: Sbus:I2S:source:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA command controls which signal is used as the serial data (SDATA) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode.

  • Page 952: Sbus:I2S:source:wselect

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect command controls which signal is used as the word select (WS) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode.

  • Page 953: Sbus:I2S:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger <operator> <operator> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan | INRange | OUTRange | INCReasing | DECReasing} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger command sets the I2S trigger operator: • EQUal— triggers on the specified audio channel's data word when it equals the specified word.
  • Page 954 :SBUS<n> Commands <operator> ::= {EQU | NOT | LESS | GRE | INR | OUTR | INCR | DECR} See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1295 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio" on page 955 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe" on page 959 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat"...

  • Page 955: Sbus:I2S:trigger:audio

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio <audio_ch> <audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT | EITHer} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio command specifies the audio channel to trigger • RIGHt — right channel. • LEFT— left channel. • EITHer — right or left channel. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio? query returns the current audio channel for the...

  • Page 956: Sbus:I2S:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal when <base> = DECimal <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> = BINary <string>...
  • Page 957 :SBUS<n> Commands Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA? query returns the currently specified I2S trigger data pattern. Return Format <string><NL> See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1295 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 958 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger" on page 953 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth"...

  • Page 958: Sbus:I2S:trigger:pattern:format

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and query) number base used by the :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command. The default <base> is DECimal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently set number base for I2S pattern data.

  • Page 959: Sbus:I2S:trigger:range

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe <lower>,<upper> <lower> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal> or <string> <upper> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal>...

  • Page 960: Sbus:I2S:twidth

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth <word_size> <word_size> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth command sets the width of the transmitted data word in I2S anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth? query returns the currently set I2S transmitted data word width.

  • Page 961: Sbus:I2S:wslow

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow <low_def> <low_def> ::= {LEFT | RIGHt} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow command selects the polarity of the word select (WS) signal: • LEFT— a word select (WS) state of low indicates left channel data is active on the I2S bus, and a WS state of high indicates right channel data is active on the bus.

  • Page 962: Sbus:Iic Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands These commands are only valid when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode option has been N OTE licensed. Table 123 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? <size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} page 964) page...
  • Page 963 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 123 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger: <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | QUALifier <value> QUALifier? (see LESSthan | GREaterthan} page 970) page 970) (see :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[ :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[ <type> ::= {STARt | STOP | page 971) :TYPE] <type>...

  • Page 964: Sbus:Iic:asize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe <size> <size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe command determines whether the Read/Write bit is included as the LSB in the display of the IIC address field of the decode bus. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? The :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? query returns the current IIC address width setting.

  • Page 965: Sbus:Iic[:Source]:Clock

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk command sets the source for the IIC serial clock (SCL).

  • Page 966: Sbus:Iic[:Source]:Data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA command sets the source for IIC serial data (SDA).

  • Page 967: Sbus:Iic:trigger:pattern:address

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess command sets the address for IIC data.The address can range from 0x00 to 0x7F (7-bit) or 0x3FF (10-bit) hexadecimal.

  • Page 968: Sbus:Iic:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command sets IIC data. The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care data pattern (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.

  • Page 969: Sbus:Iic:trigger:pattern:data2

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 command sets IIC data 2. The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care data pattern (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.

  • Page 970: Sbus:Iic:trigger:qualifier

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier command sets the IIC data qualifier when TRIGger:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] is set to READEprom. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? query returns the current IIC data qualifier value.

  • Page 971: Sbus:Iic:trigger[:Type]

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] <value> <value> ::= {STARt | STOP | RESTart | ADDRess | ANACk | DNACk | NACKnowledge | READEprom | READ7 | WRITe7 | R7Data2 | W7Data2 | WRITe10} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] command sets the IIC trigger type: •...
  • Page 972 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 1308 • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess" on page 967 • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 968 • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2" on page 969 • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier" on page 970 • "Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules" on page 1612 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 973: Sbus:Lin Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands These commands are valid when the CAN and LIN serial decode license has been enabled. N OTE Table 124 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay? <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | page 975) page 975) <type>...
  • Page 974 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 124 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: <value> ::= 7-bit integer in page 984) ID <value> (see ID? (see decimal, <nondecimal>, or page 984) <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal>...

  • Page 975: Sbus:Lin:display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay <type> <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | SYMBolic} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay command specifies, when LIN symbolic data is loaded into the oscilloscope, whether symbolic values (from the LDF file) or hexadecimal values are displayed in the decode waveform and the Lister window. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay? query returns the LIN decode display type.

  • Page 976: Sbus:Lin:parity

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity command determines whether the parity bits are included as the most significant bits (MSB) in the display of the Frame Id field in the LIN decode bus.

  • Page 977: Sbus:Lin:samplepoint

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint <value> <value><NL> <value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive.

  • Page 978: Sbus:Lin:signal:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b/s increments The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate of the LIN signal from 2400 b/s to 625 kb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.

  • Page 979: Sbus:Lin:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce command sets the source for the LIN signal.

  • Page 980: Sbus:Lin:standard

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard <std> <std> ::= {LIN13 | LIN13NLC | LIN20} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard command sets the LIN standard in effect for triggering and decoding: • LIN13 — LIN 1.3. • LIN13NLC — LIN 1.3 (no length control). Select this for systems where length control is not used and all nodes have knowledge of the data packet size.

  • Page 981: Sbus:Lin:syncbreak

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak <value> <value> ::= integer = {11 | 12 | 13} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak command sets the length of the LIN sync break to be greater than or equal to 11, 12, or 13 clock lengths. The sync break is the idle period in the bus activity at the beginning of each packet that distinguishes one information packet from the previous one.

  • Page 982: Sbus:Lin:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {SYNCbreak | ID | DATA | PARityerror | CSUMerror | FRAMe | FSIGnal} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger command sets the LIN trigger condition to be: • SYNCbreak — Sync Break. •...
  • Page 983 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue" on page 991 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 984: Sbus:Lin:trigger:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID <value> <value> ::= 7-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <string>...

  • Page 985: Sbus:Lin:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in unsigned decimal when <base> = DECimal <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> = BINary <string>...
  • Page 986 :SBUS<n> Commands See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1295 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 988 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger" on page 982 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 987 Keysight InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 987: Sbus:Lin:trigger:pattern:data:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the number of 8-bit bytes in the LIN data string. The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits).

  • Page 988: Sbus:Lin:trigger:pattern:format

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and query) number base used by the :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command. The default <base> is BINary. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently set number base for LIN pattern data.

  • Page 989: Sbus:Lin:trigger:symbolic:frame

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe command specifies the message to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FRAMe or FSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe? query returns the specified...

  • Page 990: Sbus:Lin:trigger:symbolic:signal

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal command specifies the signal to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? query returns the specified signal.

  • Page 991: Sbus:Lin:trigger:symbolic:value

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue <data> <data> ::= value in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue command specifies the signal value to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FSIGnal. Encoded signal values are not supported in the remote interface (even though they can be N OTE used in the front panel graphical interface).

  • Page 992: Sbus:M1553 Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands These commands are valid when the MIL-STD-1553 and ARINC 429 triggering and serial N OTE decode license has been enabled. Table 125 :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTose page 993) tup (see :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? <base>...

  • Page 993: Sbus:M1553:Autosetup

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTosetup (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTosetup command automatically sets these options for decoding and triggering on MIL-STD-1553 signals: • High/Low Trigger Thresholds: to a voltage value equal to ±1/3 division based on the source channel's current V/div setting. •...

  • Page 994: Sbus:M1553:Base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE command determines the base to use for the MIL-STD-1553 decode display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? The :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? query returns the current MIL-STD-1553 display decode base. Return Format <base><NL>...

  • Page 995: Sbus:M1553:Source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce command sets the source of the MIL-STD 1553 signal. Use the :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH and :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW commands to set the threshold levels for the selected source.

  • Page 996: Sbus:M1553:Trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command sets the 11 bits to trigger on if the trigger type has been set to RTA11 (RTA + 11 Bits) using the :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command.

  • Page 997: Sbus:M1553:Trigger:rta

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA <value> <value> ::= 5-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-31 <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9|A,..,F} <string> ::= "0xnn" where n::= {0,..,9|A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA command sets the Remote Terminal Address (RTA) to trigger on when the trigger type has been set to RTA or RTA11 (using the :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command).

  • Page 998: Sbus:M1553:Trigger:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1610) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {DSTArt | DSTOp | CSTArt | CSTOp | RTA | PERRor | SERRor | MERRor | RTA11} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command specifies the type of MIL-STD-1553 trigger to be used: •...

  • Page 999: Sbus:Manchester Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands These commands are valid when the automotive MANChester serial decode and triggering N OTE option has been licensed. Table 126 :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:MANChester:B :SBUS<n>:MANChester:B <base> ::= {HEX | DECimal | page 1001) ASE <base>...
  • Page 1000 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 126 :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:MANChester:T :SBUS<n>:MANChester:T <percent> ::= from 1-30, in NR1 OLerance <percent> OLerance? (see format page 1012) page 1012) (see :SBUS<n>:MANChester:T :SBUS<n>:MANChester:T <mode> ::= {SOF | VALue | MERRor} RIGger <mode>...

This manual is also suitable for:

Infiniivision mso-x 4034aInfiniivision mso-x 4054aInfiniivision mso-x 4032aInfiniivision mso-x 4022aInfiniivision mso-x 4104aInfiniivision mso-x 4154a ... Show all

Table of Contents